FORM 10-K

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

x         Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 

Commission File No. 001-14817

 

PACCAR Inc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

91-0351110

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

777 - 106th Ave. N.E., Bellevue, WA

 

98004

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code    (425) 468-7400

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $1 par value

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   x     No   o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o   No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for at least the past 90 days.  Yes   x     No   o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.

 

Large accelerated filer   x

 

Accelerated filer   o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer   o

 

Smaller reporting company   o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes   o     No   x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008:

 

Common Stock, $1 par value - $ 14.3 billion

 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of January 31, 2009:

 

Common Stock, $1 par value — 362,766,574 shares

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II.

 

Portions of the proxy statement for the annual stockholders meeting to be held on April 28, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 



 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS.

 

(a) General Development of Business

 

PACCAR Inc (the Company), incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1971, is the successor to Pacific Car and Foundry Company which was incorporated in Washington in 1924. The Company traces its predecessors to Seattle Car Manufacturing Company formed in 1905.

 

(b) Financial Information About Industry Segments and Geographic Areas

 

Information about the Company’s industry segments and geographic areas in response to Items 101(b), (c)(1)(i), and (d) of Regulation S-K appears on page 49 of the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(c) Narrative Description of Business

 

The Company has two principal industry segments, (1) design, manufacture and distribution of light-, medium- and heavy-duty trucks and related aftermarket distribution of parts and (2) finance and leasing services provided to customers and dealers. The Company’s finance and leasing activities are principally related to Company products and associated equipment. Other manufactured products include industrial winches.

 

TRUCKS

 

The Company and its subsidiaries design and manufacture heavy-duty diesel trucks which are marketed under the Kenworth, Peterbilt and DAF nameplates. These trucks, which are built in four plants in the United States, three in Europe and one each in Australia, Canada and Mexico, are used world-wide for over-the-road and off-highway hauling of freight, petroleum, wood products, construction and other materials. The Company competes in the North American Class 5-7 markets primarily with conventional models.  These trucks are assembled at facilities in Ste. Therese, Canada and in Mexicali, Mexico, which are operated by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries located in those countries. The Company competes in the European light/medium (6 to 15 metric ton) market with DAF cab-over-engine trucks assembled in the United Kingdom by Leyland, one of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. Commercial trucks and related replacement parts comprise the largest segment of the Company’s business, accounting for 90% of total 2008 net sales and revenues.

 

Substantially all trucks and related parts are sold to independent dealers. The Kenworth and Peterbilt nameplates are marketed and distributed by separate divisions in the U.S. and a foreign subsidiary in Canada. The Kenworth nameplate is also marketed and distributed by foreign subsidiaries in Mexico and Australia. The DAF nameplate is marketed and distributed by a foreign subsidiary headquartered in the Netherlands. A U.S. division, PACCAR International, also markets all three nameplates outside each of their primary markets. The decision to operate as a subsidiary or as a division is incidental to Truck Segment operations and reflects legal, tax and regulatory requirements in the various countries where PACCAR operates.

 

2



 

The Truck Segment utilizes centrally managed purchasing, information technology, technical research and testing, treasury and finance functions. Certain manufacturing plants in North America produce trucks for more than one nameplate in common production facilities, while other plants produce trucks for only one nameplate, depending on various factors. As a result of the close similarity of the business models employed by each nameplate, best manufacturing practices within the Company are shared on a routine basis.

 

The Company’s trucks are essentially custom products and have a reputation for high quality. For a significant portion of the Company’s truck operations, major components, such as engines, transmissions and axles, as well as a substantial percentage of other components, are purchased from component manufacturers pursuant to PACCAR and customer specifications. DAF, which is more vertically integrated, manufactures its own engines and axles and a higher percentage of other components for its heavy truck models. The value of truck components manufactured by independent suppliers ranges from approximately 50% in Europe to approximately 90% in North America.

 

Raw materials and other components used in the manufacture of trucks are purchased from a number of suppliers. The Company’s DAF subsidiary purchases fully assembled cabs from a competitor, Renault V.I., for its European light-duty product line pursuant to a joint product development and long-term supply contract. Sales of trucks manufactured with these cabs amounted to approximately 5% of consolidated revenues in 2008. A short-term loss of supply, and the resulting interruption in the production of these trucks, would not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. However, a loss of supply for an extended period of time would either require the Company to contract for an alternative source of supply or to manufacture cabs itself. Other than these components, the Company is not limited to any single source for any significant component, although the sudden inability of a supplier to deliver components could have a temporary adverse effect on production of certain products. No significant shortages of materials or components were experienced in 2008. Manufacturing inventory levels are based upon production schedules and orders are placed with suppliers accordingly.

 

Replacement truck parts are sold and delivered to the Company’s independent dealers through the Company’s parts distribution network. Parts are both manufactured by the Company and purchased from various suppliers. Replacement parts inventory levels are determined largely by anticipated customer demand and the need for timely delivery. As a percentage of total consolidated net sales and revenues, parts sales were 15.1% in 2008, 15.0% in 2007, and 11.8% in 2006.

 

There were three other principal competitors in the U.S. and Canada Class 8 truck market in 2008. The Company’s share of the U.S. and Canadian market was 26.0% of retail sales in 2008.  In Europe there were five other principal competitors in the commercial vehicle market in 2008, including parent companies to two competitors of the Company in the United States. In 2008, DAF had a 14.1% share of the Western and Central European heavy-duty market and a 9.3% share of the light/medium market. These markets are highly competitive in price, quality and service, and PACCAR is not dependent on any single customer for its sales. There are no significant seasonal variations in sales.

 

The Peterbilt, Kenworth, and DAF nameplates are recognized internationally and play an important role in the marketing of the Company’s truck products. The Company engages in a continuous program of trademark and trade name protection in all marketing areas of the world.

 

3



 

The Company’s truck products are subject to environmental noise and emission regulations and competing manufacturers are subject to the same regulations. The Company believes the cost of complying with noise and emission regulations will not be detrimental to its business.

 

The Company had a total production backlog of $2.5 billion at the end of 2008. Within this backlog, orders scheduled for delivery within three months (90 days) are considered to be firm. The 90-day backlog approximated $0.8 billion at December 31, 2008, $2.2 billion at December 31, 2007 and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2006. Production of the year-end 2008 backlog is expected to be substantially completed during 2009.

 

OTHER BUSINESS

 

The Truck and Other businesses include a division of the Company which manufactures industrial winches in two U.S. plants and markets them under the Braden, Carco, and Gearmatic nameplates. The markets for these products are highly competitive and the Company competes with a number of well established firms. Sales of industrial winches were approximately 1% of net sales and revenues in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

The Braden, Carco, and Gearmatic trademarks and trade names are recognized internationally and play an important role in the marketing of those products.

 

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

In North America, Australia and 16 European countries, the Company provides financing and leasing arrangements, principally for its manufactured trucks, through wholly owned finance companies operating under the PACCAR Financial trade name. They provide inventory financing for independent dealers selling PACCAR products, and retail and lease financing for new and used trucks and other transportation equipment sold principally by its independent dealers. Receivables are secured by the products financed or leased.

 

The Company also conducts full service leasing operations through wholly owned subsidiaries in North America and Germany under the PacLease trade name. Selected dealers in North America are franchised to provide full service leasing. The Company provides its franchisees equipment financing and administrative support. The Company also operates full service lease outlets on its own behalf.

 

PATENTS

 

The Company owns numerous patents which relate to all product lines. Although these patents are considered important to the overall conduct of the Company’s business, no patent or group of patents is considered essential to a material part of the Company’s business.

 

REGULATION

 

As a manufacturer of highway trucks, the Company is subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards promulgated by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration as well as environmental laws and regulations in the United States, and is subject to similar regulations in Canada, Mexico, Australia and Europe. In addition, the Company is subject to certain other licensing requirements to do business in the United States and Europe. The Company believes it is in compliance with laws and regulations applicable to safety standards, the environment and other licensing requirements in all countries where it has operations.

 

4



 

Information regarding the effects that compliance with international, federal, state and local provisions regulating the environment have on the Company’s capital and operating expenditures and the Company’s involvement in environmental cleanup activities is included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in Items 7 and 8, respectively.

 

EMPLOYEES

 

On December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately 18,700 employees.

 

OTHER DISCLOSURES

 

The Company’s filings on Form 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K and any amendments to those reports can be found on the Company’s website www.paccar.com free of charge as soon as practicable after the report is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS.

 

The following are significant risks which could negatively impact the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Business and Industry Risks

 

Commercial truck market demand is variable.   Demand for commercial vehicles depends on economic and other conditions in a given market and the introduction of new vehicles and technologies.  The yearly demand for commercial vehicles may increase or decrease more than overall gross domestic product in markets the Company serves which are principally North America and Western Europe. Demand may also be affected by factors impacting new truck prices such as costs of raw materials and components and cost of compliance with governmental regulations (including tariffs, engine emissions regulations, import regulations and taxes).

 

The financial services industry is highly competitive.  The Company competes with banks, other commercial finance companies and financial services firms which may have lower costs of borrowing, higher leverage or market share goals that result in a willingness to offer lower interest rates, which may lead to decreased margins, lower market share or both. A decline in the Company’s commercial truck unit sales, an increase in residual value risk due to lower used truck pricing and increased funding costs are also factors which may negatively affect the Company’s financial services operations.

 

The financial services segment is subject to credit risk.   The financial services segment is exposed to the risk of loss arising from the failure of a customer, dealer or counterparty to meet the terms of the loans, leases and derivative contracts with the Company. Although the financial assets of the financial services segment are secured by underlying equipment collateral, in the event a customer cannot meet its obligations to the Company, there is a risk that the value of the underlying collateral will not be sufficient to recover the amounts owed to the Company resulting in credit losses.

 

T he financial services segment is subject to liquidity risk .  The global economy is experiencing a recession and the financial markets are experiencing significant volatility.  Financial turmoil is affecting the banking system and financial markets and has resulted in reduced liquidity in the global credit markets.  Despite the reduced liquidity, the Company’s financial services segment has generally been able to issue commercial paper, medium-term notes and bank debt.  If commercial paper, medium-term notes and bank debt do not provide the necessary liquidity in the future, the financial services segment may limit its financing of retail and wholesale assets.  This may have a negative effect on the Company’s financial services segment results.

 

5



 

Political, Regulatory and Economic Risks

 

The Company’s operations could be subject to currency and interest rate fluctuations.  The Company’s consolidated financial statements, which are presented in U.S. dollars, are affected by foreign currency exchange fluctuations through both translation and transaction risk.  The Company uses certain derivative financial instruments and localized production of its products to reduce, but not eliminate, the effects of interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

 

The Company may be adversely affected by political instabilities, fuel shortages or interruptions in transportation systems, natural calamities, wars, terrorism and labor strikes.   The Company is subject to various risks associated with conducting business worldwide.

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries own and operate manufacturing plants in five U.S. states, three countries in Europe, and one each in Australia, Canada and Mexico. The Company also has a number of parts distribution centers, sales and service offices, and finance and administrative offices which are operated in owned or leased premises in these and other countries. Facilities for product testing and research and development are located in Washington state and the Netherlands. The Company’s corporate headquarters is located in owned premises in Bellevue, Washington. The Company considers all of the properties used by its businesses to be suitable for their intended purposes.

 

The Company continuously invests in facilities, equipment and processes to provide manufacturing and warehouse capacity to meet its customers’ needs.

 

Construction of PACCAR’s new engine production facility in Columbus, Mississippi began in July 2007 and is expected to be completed in late 2010.  PACCAR’s 12.9-liter and 9.2-liter diesel engines planned to be manufactured in Columbus will be installed in Kenworth and Peterbilt trucks and may be exported to meet DAF’s production requirements.  DAF’s engine production facility in Eindhoven, the Netherlands may also manufacture the 12.9 liter and 9.2 liter engine for North America.

 

The following summarizes the number of the Company’s manufacturing plants by geographical location within indicated industry segments:

 

 

 

U.S.

 

Canada

 

Australia

 

Mexico

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck

 

4

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

3

 

Other

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various lawsuits incidental to the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the disposition of such lawsuits will not materially affect the Company’s business or financial condition.

 

6



 

ITEM 4.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

(a)           Market Information, Holders, Dividends, Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans and Performance Graph

 

Data regarding Market Information, Holders and Dividends are included in the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008, under the caption “Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends” and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2008, regarding compensation plans under which PACCAR equity securities are authorized for issuance.

 

Plan Category

 

Number of
Securities to be
Issued on Exercise
of Outstanding
Options and
Other Rights

 

Weighted-average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options

 

Securities
Available for
Future Grant
(Excluding Shares
Reflected in
Column (1)

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

Stock compensation Plans approved by Shareholders

 

6,328,053

 

$

26.39

 

18,750,047

 

 

All stock compensation plans have been approved by the shareholders.

 

The number of securities to be issued includes those issuable under the PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan (LTI Plan) and the Restricted Stock and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (RSDC Plan). Securities to be issued include 528,798 shares that represent deferred cash awards payable in stock. The weighted-average exercise price does not include the securities that represent deferred cash awards.

 

Securities available for future grant are authorized under the following two plans: (i) 17,805,372 shares under the LTI Plan, and (ii) 944,675 shares under the RSDC Plan.

 

Data regarding the Performance Graph are included in the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008, under the caption “Stockholder Return Performance Graph” and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)          Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

 

Not applicable

 

7



 

(c)           Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

There were no repurchases of PACCAR’s common stock in the 4 th  Quarter of 2008. On October 29, 2007, PACCAR’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of $300 million of common stock. Through December 31, 2008, $292 million of shares have been repurchased. On July 8, 2008, PACCAR’S Board of Directors approved the repurchase of an additional $300 million of the Company’s common stock. No shares have been repurchased pursuant to the July 2008 authorization.

 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

 

Information in response to Item 301 of Regulation S-K appears in the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008 under the caption “Selected Financial Data” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

 

Information in response to Item 303 of Regulation S-K appears in the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008 under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

Information in response to Item 305 of Regulation S-K appears in the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008 under the caption “Market Risks and Derivative Instruments” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

The following consolidated financial statements of the registrant and its subsidiaries, included in the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008, are incorporated herein by reference:

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

— Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

— December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

— Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

— Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

— Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

— December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

8



 

Information in response to Item 302(A) of Regulation S-K appears in the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008 under the caption “Quarterly Results (Unaudited)” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE.

 

The registrant has not had any disagreements with its independent auditors on accounting or financial disclosure matters.

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2008 (“Evaluation Date”). Based on that evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the Company concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures in place at the Company are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, in reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting on page 50 and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Company’s Internal Controls on page 51 of the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION.

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

Item 401(a), (d), and (e) of Regulation S-K:

 

The following information is included in the proxy statement for the annual stockholders meeting of April 28, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference:

 

·                   Identification of directors, family relationships, and business experience is included under the caption “ITEM 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.”

 

9



 

Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K:

 

Executive Officers of the registrant as of February 27, 2009:

 

Name and Age

 

Present Position and Other Position(s) Held During Last Five Years

 

 

 

Mark C. Pigott (55)

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since 1997. Mr. Pigott is the nephew of James C. Pigott, a director of the Company.

 

 

 

Thomas E. Plimpton (59)

 

Vice Chairman; President from January 2003 to September 2008.

 

 

 

James G. Cardillo (60)

 

President; Executive Vice President from September 2006 to September 2008; Senior Vice President from May 2004 to September 2006; previously President of DAF Trucks N.V. from July 1999 to May 2004.

 

 

 

Daniel D. Sobic (55)

 

Executive Vice President; Senior Vice President from January 2007 to October 2008; previously Vice President of PACCAR and General Manager of Peterbilt from October 2003 to December 2006.

 

 

 

Ronald E. Armstrong (53)

 

Senior Vice President; Vice President from January 2007 to November 2007; previously Vice President and Controller from November 2002 to December 2006.

 

 

 

Michael T. Barkley (53)

 

Vice President and Controller; Operations Controller from January 2000 to December 2006.

 

 

 

Robert J. Christensen (52)

 

Senior Vice President; Vice President of PACCAR and General Manager of Kenworth from July 2002 to October 2008.

 

 

 

David C. Anderson (55)

 

Vice President and General Counsel; Counsel from March to December 2004; previously Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Airborne Express, Inc.

 

Officers are elected annually but may be appointed or removed on interim dates.

 

Item 406 of Regulation S-K:

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the registrant’s senior financial officers including the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer. The Company, in accordance with Item 406 of Regulation S-K, has posted this Code of Ethics on its website at www.paccar.com. The Company intends to disclose on its website any amendments to, or waivers from, its Code of Ethics that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

10



 

Item 407(d)(4) and 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K:

 

The following information is included in the proxy statement for the annual stockholders meeting of April 28, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference:

 

·                   Identification of the audit committee is included under the caption “THE AUDIT COMMITTEE.”

 

·                   Identification of the audit committee financial expert is included under the caption “AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT.”

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

 

The following information is included in the proxy statement for the annual stockholders meeting of April 28, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference:

 

·                   Compensation of Directors is included under the caption “COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.”

 

·                   Compensation of Executive Officers and Related Matters is included under the caption “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.”

 

·                   Compensation Committee Report is under the caption “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT.”

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

Stock ownership information is included under the captions “STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS” and “STOCK OWNERSHIP OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS” in the proxy statement for the annual stockholders meeting of April 28, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Information regarding equity compensation plans required by Regulation S-K Item 201(d) is provided in Item 5 of this Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

 

No transactions with management and others as defined by Item 404 of Regulation S-K occurred in 2008.

 

Information concerning director independence is included under the caption “BOARD GOVERNANCE” in the proxy statement for the annual stockholders meeting of April 28, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

 

Principal accounting fees and services information is included under the caption “AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT” in the proxy statement for the annual stockholders meeting of April 28, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

11



 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a)           (1)           Listing of financial statements

 

The following consolidated financial statements of PACCAR Inc and subsidiaries, included in the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2008, are incorporated by reference in Item 8:

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

— Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

— December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

— Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

— Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

— Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

— December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

(2)           Listing of financial statement schedules

 

All schedules are omitted because the required matter or conditions are not present or because the information required by the schedules is submitted as part of the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

(3)           Listing of Exhibits (in order of assigned index numbers):

 

(3)           (i)              Articles of incorporation:

 

(a)           Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PACCAR Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc dated September 19, 2005).

 

(b)          Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of PACCAR Inc dated April 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3) (b) of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2008).

 

(ii)           Amended and Restated Bylaws of PACCAR Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc dated September 19, 2005).

 

12



 

(4)           Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures:

 

(a)           Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 1, 1983 and first Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 19, 1989 between PACCAR Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of PACCAR Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 26, 1984, File Number 001-11677 and Exhibit 4.2 of PACCAR Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated June 23, 1989, Registration Number 33-29434), and the Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of October 31, 2006 (incorporated by reference to PACCAR Financial Corp.’s Form 8-K dated November 3, 2006).

 

(b)          Forms of Medium-Term Note, Series K (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.2A and 4.2B to PACCAR Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated December 23, 2003, Registration Number 333-111504).

 

Form of Letter of Representation among PACCAR Financial Corp., Citibank, N.A. and the Depository Trust Company, Series K (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to PACCAR Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated December 23, 2003, Registration Number 333-111504).

 

(c)           Forms of Medium-Term Note, Series L (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.2A and 4.2B to PACCAR Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated November 7, 2006, Registration Number 333-138464).

 

Form of Letter of Representation among PACCAR Financial Corp., Citibank, N.A. and the Depository Trust Company, Series L (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to PACCAR Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated November 7, 2006, Registration Number 333-138464).

 

(d)          Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of November 18, 2008 between PACCAR Inc and Wilmington Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of PACCAR Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated November 18, 2008, Registration Number 333-155429).

 

(e)           Forms of Medium-Term Note, Series A (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.2A and 4.2B to PACCAR Inc’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated November 18, 2008, Registration Number 333-155429).

 

(f)             Terms and Conditions of the Notes applicable to the €1,500,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme of PACCAR Financial Europe B.V.

 

(g)          Pursuant to the Instructions to Exhibits, certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries are not filed because the total amount of securities authorized under any such instrument does not exceed 10 percent of the Company’s total assets. The Company will file copies of such instruments upon request of the Commission.

 

13



 

(10)     Material contracts:

 

(a)           PACCAR Inc Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Plan.

 

(b)          Deferred Compensation Plan (Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009).

 

(c)           Deferred Incentive Compensation Plan (Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2004. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).

 

(d)          Amended and Restated PACCAR Inc Restricted Stock and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-employee Directors.

 

(e)           PACCAR Inc Restricted Stock and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors.

 

(f)             PACCAR Inc Restricted Stock and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, Form of Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Agreement For Non-Employee Directors, (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 99.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc dated December 10, 2007)

 

(f1)       Amendment to compensatory arrangement with non-employee directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(h) of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PACCAR Inc for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).

 

(g)          PACCAR Inc Senior Executive Yearly Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the 2006 Proxy Statement, dated March 14, 2006).

 

(h)          PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the 2006 Proxy Statement, dated March 14, 2006).

 

(i)              PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan, Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement and Form of Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc dated January 20, 2005 and filed January 25, 2005).

 

(j)              PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan, Amended Form of 2006 Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 99.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc dated January 31, 2007 and filed February 5, 2007).

 

(k)           PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan, Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc dated January 31, 2007 and filed February 5, 2007).

 

(l)              PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan, Amended Form of Share Match Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 99.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc dated January 31, 2007 and filed February 5, 2007).

 

(m)        PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan, 2008 Form of Share Match Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc dated February 5, 2008)

 

14



 

 

(n)          PACCAR Inc Savings Investment Plan, Amendment and Restatement Effective January 1, 2007.

 

(o)          Memorandum of Understanding, dated as of May 11, 2007, by and among PACCAR Engine Company, the State of Mississippi and certain state and local supporting government entities (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of PACCAR Inc filed May 16, 2007).

 

(p)          Letter Waiver Dated as of July 22, 2008 amending the Memorandum of Understanding, dated as of May 11, 2007, by and among PACCAR Engine Company, the State of Mississippi and certain state and local supporting governmental entities; (Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10(o) of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PACCAR Inc for the quarter ended September 30, 2008).

 

(13)     Annual report to security holders

 

Portions of the 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders have been incorporated by reference and are filed herewith.

 

(21)     Subsidiaries of the registrant

 

(23)     Consent of independent registered public accounting firm

 

(24)     Power of attorney

 

Powers of attorney of certain directors

 

(31)     Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications:

 

(a)           Certification of Principal Executive Officer.

 

(b)          Certification of Principal Financial Officer.

 

(32)     Section 1350 Certifications:

 

(a)           Certification pursuant to rule 13a-14(b) and section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. section 1350).

 

(b)          Exhibits (Exhibits filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission are not included herein. Copies of exhibits will be furnished to stockholders at a cost of 25 ¢ per page upon written request addressed to Corporate Secretary, PACCAR Inc, P.O. Box 1518, Bellevue, Washington 98009.)

 

(c)           Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules are omitted because the required matter or conditions are not present or because the information required by the schedules is submitted as part of the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

15



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

PACCAR Inc

 

 

Registrant

 

 

 

Date:

   February 27, 2009

 

/s/ M. C. Pigott

 

 

M. C. Pigott, Chairman

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

 

 

/s/ T. E. Plimpton

 

Vice Chairman and Director

T. E. Plimpton

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ M. T. Barkley

 

Vice President and Controller

M. T. Barkley

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

*/s/ K. S. Hachigian

 

Director

K. S. Hachigian

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ J. C. Pigott

 

Director

J. C. Pigott

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ J. M. Fluke, Jr.

 

Director

J. M. Fluke, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ C. R. Williamson

 

Director

C. R. Williamson

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ A. J. Carnwath

 

Director

A. J. Carnwath

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ W. G. Reed, Jr.

 

Director

W. G. Reed, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ S. F. Page

 

Director

S. F. Page

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ R. T. Parry

 

Director

R. T. Parry

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ G. M. E. Spierkel

 

Director

G. M. E. Spierkel

 

 

 

 

 

*/s/ W. R. Staley

 

Director

W. R. Staley

 

 

 

 

 

*By

/s/ M. C. Pigott

 

 

 

M. C. Pigott

 

 

 

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

16



 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

 

ITEM 15(c)

 

CERTAIN EXHIBITS

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

 

PACCAR INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

BELLEVUE, WASHINGTON

 


Exhibit 4(f)

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES

 

The following is the text of the terms and conditions which, as supplemented, amended and/or replaced by the relevant Final Terms, will be endorsed on each Note in definitive form issued under the Programme.  The terms and conditions applicable to any Note in global form will differ from those terms and conditions which would apply to the Note were it in definitive form to the extent described under “Summary of Provisions Relating to the Notes while in Global Form” below.  All capitalised terms that are not defined in the terms and conditions shall have the meanings given to them in the relevant Final Terms.  References in the terms and conditions to “Notes” are to the Notes of one Series only, not to all Notes that may be issued under the Programme.

 

1.            Introduction

 

(a)          Programme :  PACCAR Financial Europe B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, having its corporate seat at Eindhoven (the “ Issuer ”) has established a Euro Medium Term Note Programme (the “ Programme ”) for the issuance of up to €1,500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of notes (the “ Notes ”).

 

(b)          Final Terms :  Notes issued under the Programme are issued in series (each a “ Series ”) and each Series may comprise one or mo’’’e tranches (each a “ Tranche ”) of Notes.  Each Tranche is the subject of Final Terms (the “ Final Terms ”) which supplements these terms and conditions (the “ Conditions ”).  The terms and conditions applicable to any particular Tranche of Notes are these Conditions as supplemented, amended and/or replaced by the relevant Final Terms.  In the event of any inconsistency between these Conditions and the relevant Final Terms, the relevant Final Terms shall prevail.

 

(c)          Agency Agreement :  The Notes are the subject of and issued pursuant to an amended and restated agency agreement dated 7 July 2008 (the “ Agency Agreement ”) between the Issuer, Citibank, N.A., London Branch as fiscal agent (the “ Fiscal Agent ,” which expression includes any successor fiscal agent appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes) and the paying agents named therein (together with the Fiscal Agent, the “ Paying Agents ,” which expression includes any successor or additional paying agents appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes) and with the benefit of a deed of covenant dated 7 July 2008 (the “ Deed of Covenant ”) executed by the Issuer in relation to the Notes.

 

(d)          The Notes :  All subsequent references in these Conditions to “Notes” are to the Notes which are the subject of the relevant Final Terms.  Copies of the relevant Final Terms are available during normal business hours at the Specified Office of the Fiscal Agent or at the office of the Paying Agent in London, the initial Specified Offices of which are set out below.

 

(e)          Summaries :  Certain provisions of these Conditions are summaries of the Agency Agreement and are subject to their detailed provisions.  The holders of the Notes (the “ Noteholders ”) and the holders of the related interest coupons, if any, (the “ Couponholders ” and the “ Coupons ,” respectively) are bound by, and are deemed to have notice of, all the provisions of the Agency Agreement applicable to them.  Copies of the Agency Agreement and the Deed of Covenant are available for inspection during normal business hours at the Specified Offices of each of the Paying Agents, the initial Specified Offices of which are set out below.

 

2.            Interpretation

 

(a)          Definitions :  In these Conditions the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

Accrual Yield ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Additional Business Centre(s) ” means the city or cities specified as such in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Additional Financial Centre(s) means the city or cities specified as such in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Business Day ” means:

 

(i)               in relation to any sum payable in euro, a TARGET Settlement Day and a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments generally in each (if any) Additional Business Centre; and

 



 

(ii)              in relation to any sum payable in a currency other than euro, a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments generally in London, in the Principal Financial Centre of the relevant currency and in each (if any) Additional Business Centre;

 

Business Day Convention ,” in relation to any particular date, has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms and, if so specified in the relevant Final Terms, may have different meanings in relation to different dates and, in this context, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

(i)               Following Business Day Convention ” means that the relevant date shall be postponed to the first following day that is a Business Day;

 

(ii)              Modified Following Business Day Convention ” or “ Modified Business Day Convention ” means that the relevant date shall be postponed to the first following day that is a Business Day unless that day falls in the next calendar month in which case that date will be the first preceding day that is a Business Day;

 

(iii)             Preceding Business Day Convention ” means that the relevant date shall be brought forward to the first preceding day that is a Business Day;

 

(iv)            “FRN Convention,” “Floating Rate Convention” or “Eurodollar Convention” means that each relevant date shall be the date which numerically corresponds to the preceding such date in the calendar month which is the number of months specified in the relevant Final Terms as the Specified Period after the calendar month in which the preceding such date occurred provided, however, that :

 

(A)       if there is no such numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which any such date should occur, then such date will be the last day which is a Business Day in that calendar month;

 

(B)       if any such date would otherwise fall on a day which is not a Business Day, then such date will be the first following day which is a Business Day unless that day falls in the next calendar month, in which case it will be the first preceding day which is a Business Day; and

 

(C)       if the preceding such date occurred on the last day in a calendar month which was a Business Day, then all subsequent such dates will be the last day which is a Business Day in the calendar month which is the specified number of months after the calendar month in which the preceding such date occurred; and

 

(v)             No Adjustment ” means that the relevant date shall not be adjusted in accordance with any Business Day Convention;

 

Calculation Agent ” means the Fiscal Agent or such other Person specified in the relevant Final Terms as the party responsible for calculating the Rate(s) of Interest and Interest Amount(s) and/or such other amount(s) as may be specified in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Calculation Amount ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Consolidated Assets ” means the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves for depreciation, amortisation, unearned finance charges, allowance for credit losses and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organisation expenses and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

Coupon Sheet ” means, in respect of a Note, a coupon sheet relating to the Note;

 

Day Count Fraction ” means, in respect of the calculation of an amount for any period of time (the “ Calculation Period ”), such day count fraction as may be specified in these Conditions or the relevant Final Terms and:

 

(i)               if “ Actual/Actual (ICMA) ” is so specified, means:

 

(a)        where the Calculation Period is equal to or shorter than the Regular Period during which it falls, the actual number of days in the Calculation Period divided by the product of (1) the

 



 

actual number of days in such Regular Period and (2) the number of Regular Periods in any year; and

 

(b)        where the Calculation Period is longer than one Regular Period, the sum of:

 

(A)

 

the actual number of days in such Calculation Period falling in the Regular Period in which it begins divided by the product of (1) the actual number of days in such Regular Period and (2) the number of Regular Periods in any year; and

(B)

 

the actual number of days in such Calculation Period falling in the next Regular Period divided by the product of (a) the actual number of days in such Regular Period and (2) the number of Regular Periods in any year;

 

(ii)              if “ Actual/365 ” or “ Actual/Actual (ISDA) ” is so specified, means the actual number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 365 (or, if any portion of the Calculation Period falls in a leap year, the sum of (A) the actual number of days in that portion of the Calculation Period falling in a leap year divided by 366 and (B) the actual number of days in that portion of the Calculation Period falling in a non-leap year divided by 365);

 

(iii)             if “ Actual/365 (Fixed) ” is so specified, means the actual number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 365;

 

(iv)            if “ Sterling/FRN ” is so specified, means the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365 or, in the case of an Interest Payment Date falling in a leap year, 366;

 

(v)             if “ Actual/360 ” is so specified, means the actual number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 360;

 

(vi)            if “ 30/360 ” is so specified, means the number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 360 (the number of days to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months (unless (i) the last day of the Calculation Period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the Calculation Period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of a month, in which case the month that includes that last day shall not be considered to be shortened to a 30-day month, or (ii) the last day of the Calculation Period is the last day of the month of February, in which case the month of February shall not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month)); and

 

(vii)           if “ 30E/360 ” or “ Eurobond Basis ” is so specified means, the number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 360 (the number of days to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first day or last day of the Calculation Period unless, in the case of the final Calculation Period, the date of final maturity is the last day of the month of February, in which case the month of February shall not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month);

 

Early Redemption Amount (Tax) ” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant Final Terms;

 

Early Termination Amount ” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, these Conditions or the relevant Final Terms;

 

Extraordinary Resolution ” has the meaning given in the Agency Agreement;

 

Final Redemption Amount ” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant Final Terms;

 

First Interest Payment Date ” means the date specified in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Fixed Coupon Amount ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Indebtedness ” means any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer;

 



 

Interest Amount ” means, in relation to a Note and an Interest Period, the amount of interest payable in respect of that Note for that Interest Period;

 

Interest Commencement Date ” means the Issue Date of the Notes or such other date as may be specified as the Interest Commencement Date in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Interest Determination Date ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Interest Payment Date ” means the First Interest Payment Date and any other date or dates specified as such in, or determined in accordance with the provisions of, the relevant Final Terms and, if a Business Day Convention is specified in the relevant Final Terms:

 

(i)               as the same may be adjusted in accordance with the relevant Business Day Convention; or

 

(ii)              if the Business Day Convention is the FRN Convention, Floating Rate Convention or Eurodollar Convention and an interval of a number of calendar months is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being the Specified Period, each of such dates as may occur in accordance with the FRN Convention, Floating Rate Convention or Eurodollar Convention at such Specified Period of calendar months following the Interest Commencement Date (in the case of the First Interest Payment Date) or the previous Interest Payment Date (in any other case);

 

Interest Period ” means each period beginning on (and including) the Interest Commencement Date or any Interest Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next Interest Payment Date;

 

ISDA Definitions ” means the 2000 ISDA Definitions (as amended and updated as at the date of issue of the first Tranche of the Notes of the relevant Series (as specified in the relevant Final Terms) as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) or, if so specified in the relevant Final Terms, the 2006 ISDA Definitions (as amended and updated as at the date of issue of the first Tranche of the Notes of the relevant Series (as specified in the relevant Final Terms) as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.);

 

Issue Date ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Liens ” means any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, including but not limited to a security interest arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, conditional sale or trust receipt, or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes.  For the purposes of this definition, a Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has or holds subject to a conditional sale arrangement, financing lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or is vested in some other Person for security purposes;

 

Margin ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Maturity Date ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Maximum Redemption Amount ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Minimum Redemption Amount ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Optional Redemption Amount (Call) ” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant Final Terms;

 

Optional Redemption Amount (Put) ” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant Final Terms;

 

Optional Redemption Date (Call) ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Optional Redemption Date (Put) ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Participating Member State ” means a Member State of the European Communities which adopts the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the Treaty;

 



 

Payment Business Day ” means:

 

(i)               if the currency of payment is euro, any day which is:

 

(A)       a day on which banks in the relevant place of presentation are open for presentation and payment of bearer debt securities and for dealings in foreign currencies; and

 

(B)       in the case of payment by transfer to an account, a TARGET Settlement Day and a day on which dealings in foreign currencies may be carried on in each (if any) Additional Financial Centre; or

 

(ii)              if the currency of payment is not euro, any day which is:

 

(A)       a day on which banks in the relevant place of presentation are open for presentation and payment of bearer debt securities and for dealings in foreign currencies; and

 

(B)       in the case of payment by transfer to an account, a day on which dealings in foreign currencies may be carried on in the Principal Financial Centre of the currency of payment and in each (if any) Additional Financial Centre;

 

Person ” means any individual, company, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, organisation, state or agency of a state or other entity, whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

Principal Financial Centre ” means, in relation to any currency, the principal financial centre for that currency provided, however, that in relation to euro, it means the principal financial centre of such Member State of the European Communities as is selected (in the case of a payment) by the payee or (in the case of a calculation) by the Calculation Agent;

 

Property ” means any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible;

 

Put Option Notice ” means a notice which must be delivered to a Paying Agent by any Noteholder wanting to exercise a right to redeem a Note at the option of the Noteholder;

 

Put Option Receipt ” means a receipt issued by a Paying Agent to a depositing Noteholder upon deposit of a Note with such Paying Agent by any Noteholder wanting to exercise a right to redeem a Note at the option of the Noteholder;

 

Rate of Interest ” means the rate or rates (expressed as a percentage per annum) of interest payable in respect of the Notes specified in the relevant Final Terms or calculated or determined in accordance with the provisions of these Conditions and/or the relevant Final Terms;

 

Redemption Amount ” means, as appropriate, the Final Redemption Amount, the Early Redemption Amount (Tax), the Optional Redemption Amount (Call), the Optional Redemption Amount (Put), the Early Termination Amount or such other amount in the nature of a redemption amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with the provisions of, the relevant Final Terms;

 

Reference Banks has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms or, if none, four major banks selected by the Calculation Agent in the market that is most closely connected with the Reference Rate;

 

Reference Price ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Reference Rate has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Regular Period ” means:

 

(i)               in the case of Notes where interest is scheduled to be paid only by means of regular payments, each period from and including the Interest Commencement Date to but excluding the First Interest Payment Date and each successive period from and including one Interest Payment Date to but excluding the next Interest Payment Date;

 

(ii)              in the case of Notes where, apart from the first Interest Period, interest is scheduled to be paid only by means of regular payments, each period from and including a Regular Date falling in any year to but excluding the next Regular Date, where “ Regular Date ” means the day and month (but not the year) on which any Interest Payment Date falls; and

 



 

(iii)             in the case of Notes where, apart from one Interest Period other than the first Interest Period, interest is scheduled to be paid only by means of regular payments, each period from and including a Regular Date falling in any year to but excluding the next Regular Date, where “ Regular Date ” means the day and month (but not the year) on which any Interest Payment Date falls other than the Interest Payment Date falling at the end of the irregular Interest Period;

 

Relevant Date ” means, in relation to any payment, whichever is the later of (a) the date on which the payment in question first becomes due and (b) if the full amount payable has not been received in the Principal Financial Centre of the currency of payment by the Fiscal Agent on or prior to such due date, the date on which (the full amount having been so received) notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders;

 

Relevant Financial Centre ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Relevant Screen Page means the page, section or other part of a particular information service (including, without limitation, the Reuter Money 3000 Service and the Telerate Service) specified as the Relevant Screen Page in the relevant Final Terms, or such other page, section or other part as may replace it on that information service or such other information service, in each case, as may be nominated by the Person providing or sponsoring the information appearing there for the purpose of displaying rates or prices comparable to the Reference Rate;

 

Relevant Time ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Reserved Matter ” means any proposal

 

(i)               to change any date fixed for payment of principal or interest in respect of the Notes, to reduce the amount of principal or interest payable on any date in respect of the Notes, to alter the method of calculating the amount of any payment in respect of the Notes or the date for any such payment;

 

(ii)              to effect the exchange or substitution of the Notes for, or the conversation of the Notes into, shares bonds or other obligations or securities of the Issuer or any other Person or body corporate formed or to be formed;

 

(iii)             to change the currency in which amounts due in respect of the Notes are payable;

 

(iv)            to change the quorum required at any Meeting or the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution; or

 

(v)             to amend this definition;

 

Restricted Debt ” when used with respect to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, means any present or future indebtedness for money borrowed evidenced by any note, bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed which is, or is capable of being, listed, quoted or traded on any stock exchange or in any securities market (including, without limitation, any over-the counter market), for which the Issuer or such Subsidiary of the Issuer is liable, directly or indirectly, absolutely or contingently.  Restricted Debt shall not include any indebtedness for the payment, redemption or satisfaction of which money (or other Property permitted under the instrument creating or evidencing such indebtedness) in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with a trustee or proper depository at or before the maturity or redemption date thereof.  For the purposes of this definition, “indebtedness for money borrowed” shall include, without limitation, obligations created or arising under any conditional sale, financing lease, or other title retention agreement and obligations to pay for Property;

 

Specified Currency ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Specified Denomination(s) ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Specified Office ” has the meaning given in the Agency Agreement;

 

Specified Period ” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

 



 

Subsidiary ” means, in relation to any Person (the “ first Person ”) at any particular time, any other Person (the “ second Person ”):

 

(i)               whose affairs and policies the first Person controls or has the power to control, whether by ownership of share capital, contract, the power to appoint or remove members of the governing body of the second Person or otherwise; or

 

(ii)              whose financial statements are, in accordance with applicable law and generally accepted accounting principles, consolidated with those of the first Person;

 

Talon ” means a talon for further Coupons;

 

TARGET2 ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007;

 

TARGET Settlement Day ” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro;

 

Treaty ” means the Treaty establishing the European Communities, as amended; and

 

Zero Coupon Note ” means a Note specified as such in the relevant Final Terms.

 

(b)          Interpretation :  In these Conditions:

 

(i)               if the Notes are Zero Coupon Notes, references to Coupons and Couponholders are not applicable;

 

(ii)              if Talons are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being attached to the Notes at the time of issue, references to Coupons shall be deemed to include references to Talons;

 

(iii)             if Talons are not specified in the relevant Final Terms as being attached to the Notes at the time of issue, references to Talons are not applicable;

 

(iv)            any reference to principal shall be deemed to include the Redemption Amount, any additional amounts in respect of principal which may be payable under Condition 12 ( Taxation ), any premium payable in respect of a Note and any other amount in the nature of principal payable pursuant to these Conditions;

 

(v)             any reference to interest shall be deemed to include any additional amounts in respect of interest which may be payable under Condition 12 ( Taxation ) and any other amount in the nature of interest payable pursuant to these Conditions;

 

(vi)            references to Notes being “outstanding” shall be construed in accordance with the Agency Agreement;

 

(vii)           if an expression is stated in Condition 2(a) to have the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms, but the relevant Final Terms gives no such meaning or specifies that such expression is “not applicable” then such expression is not applicable to the Notes; and

 

(viii)          any reference to the Agency Agreement shall be construed as a reference to the Agency Agreement as amended and/or supplemented up to and including the Issue Date of the Notes.

 

3.            Form Denomination and Title

 

The Notes are in bearer form in the Specified Denomination(s) with Coupons and, if specified in the relevant Final Terms, Talons attached at the time of issue.  In the case of a Series of Notes with more than one Specified Denomination, Notes of one Specified Denomination will not be exchangeable for Notes of another Specified Denomination.  In the case of any Notes which are to be admitted to trading on a regulated market within the European Economic Area or offered to the public in a Member State of the European Economic Area in circumstances which require the publication of a prospectus under the Prospectus Directive, the minimum Specified Denomination shall be EUR 50,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency as at the date of issue of the relevant Notes).  Title to the Notes and the Coupons will pass by delivery.  The holder of any Note or Coupon shall (except as otherwise required by law) be treated as its absolute owner for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any other interest therein, any writing thereon or any notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) and no

 



 

Person shall be liable for so treating such holder.  No Person shall have any right to enforce any term or condition of any Note under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

4.            Status of Notes

 

The Notes constitute direct, general, unconditional, unsubordinated and (without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 5 ( Negative Pledge )) unsecured obligations of the Issuer which will at all times rank pari passu among themselves and at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer, save for such obligations as may be preferred by provisions of law that are both mandatory and of general application and subject to Condition 5 ( Negative Pledge ).

 

5.            Negative Pledge

 

After the date hereof, the Issuer will not itself, and will not permit any Subsidiary of the Issuer to, create, incur or suffer to exist, any Lien on any Property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer securing any Restricted Debt, without effectively providing that the Notes (together with, if the Issuer shall so determine, any other indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary then existing or thereafter created) shall be secured equally and rateably with (or, at the option of the Issuer, prior to) such secured Restricted Debt, so long as such secured Restricted Debt shall be so secured, unless, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all Restricted Debt of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries secured by Liens on Property of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Assets; provided, however, that this Condition 5 shall not apply to, and there shall be excluded from Restricted Debt secured by Liens in any computation under this Condition 5, Restricted Debt secured only by:

 

(i)               Liens on Property of, or on any shares of capital stock of, any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(ii)              Liens in favour of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or Liens securing any indebtedness of a Subsidiary to the Issuer or of the Issuer or a Subsidiary to a Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(iii)             Liens in favour of any governmental body (or surety for any governmental body) to secure progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or provision of any statute or rule of court;

 

(iv)            Liens of any other creditors on Property repossessed in the ordinary course of business which comprises collateral security for defaulted indebtedness or additional Liens created on any such Property for the purpose of protecting the interest of the Issuer therein;

 

(v)             A banker’s Lien or other right of offset in favour of any lender or other holder of Restricted Debt on money deposited with such lender or holder in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)            Liens on Property and rentals therefrom existing at the time of acquisition thereof, or to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price thereof or construction thereon or to secure any Restricted Debt incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 180 days after the later of the acquisition of such Property of the completion of construction for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof or construction thereon; or

 

(vii)           Any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), as a whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), inclusive; provided, however, that such extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same Property that secured the Lien extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such Property).

 

For purposes of this Condition 5 an “acquisition” of Property shall include any transaction or Series of transactions by which the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acquires, directly or indirectly, an interest, or an additional interest (to the extent thereof), in such Property, including without limitation an acquisition through merger or consolidation with, or an acquisition of an interest in, a Person owning an interest in such Property.

 

6.            Fixed Rate Note Provisions

 

(a)          Application:  This Condition 6 ( Fixed Rate Note Provisions ) is applicable to the Notes only if the Fixed Rate Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable.

 



 

(b)          Accrual of interest:  The Notes bear interest from the Interest Commencement Date at the Rate of Interest payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, subject as provided in Condition 11 ( Payments ).  Each Note will cease to bear interest from the due date for final redemption unless, upon due presentation, payment of the Redemption Amount is improperly withheld or refused, in which case it will continue to bear interest in accordance with this Condition 6 (as well after as before judgment) until whichever is the earlier of (i) the day on which all sums due in respect of such Note up to that day are received by or on behalf of the relevant Noteholder and (ii) the day which is seven days after the Fiscal Agent has notified the Noteholders that it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such seventh day (except to the extent that there is any subsequent default in payment).

 

(c)          Fixed Coupon Amount:  The amount of interest payable in respect of each Note for any Interest Period shall be the relevant Fixed Coupon Amount and, if the Notes are in more than one Specified Denomination, shall be the relevant Fixed Coupon Amount in respect of the relevant Specified Denomination.

 

(d)          Calculation of interest amount:  The amount of interest payable in respect of each Note for any period for which a Fixed Coupon Amount is not specified shall be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to the Calculation Amount, multiplying the product by the relevant Day Count Fraction and rounding the resulting figure to the nearest sub-unit of the Specified Currency (half a sub-unit being rounded upwards) and multiplying such rounded figure by a fraction equal to the Specified Denomination of such Note divided by the Calculation Amount.  For this purpose a “ sub-unit ” means, in the case of any currency other than euro, the lowest amount of such currency that is available as legal tender in the country of such currency and, in the case of euro, means one cent.

 

7.            Floating Rate Note and Index-Linked Interest Note Provisions

 

(a)          Application:  This Condition 7 ( Floating Rate Note and Index-Linked Interest Note Provisions ) is applicable to the Notes only if the Floating Rate Note Provisions or the Index-Linked Interest Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable.

 

(b)          Accrual of interest:  The Notes bear interest from the Interest Commencement Date at the Rate of Interest payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, subject as provided in Condition 11 ( Payments ).  Each Note will cease to bear interest from the due date for final redemption unless, upon due presentation, payment of the Redemption Amount is improperly withheld or refused, in which case it will continue to bear interest in accordance with this Condition (as well after as before judgment) until whichever is the earlier of (i) the day on which all sums due in respect of such Note up to that day are received by or on behalf of the relevant Noteholder and (ii) the day which is seven days after the Fiscal Agent has notified the Noteholders that it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such seventh day (except to the extent that there is any subsequent default in payment).

 

(c)          Screen Rate Determination :  If Screen Rate Determination is specified in the relevant Final Terms       as the manner in which the Rate(s) of Interest is/are to be determined, the Rate of Interest applicable to the Notes for each Interest Period will be determined by the Calculation Agent on the following basis:

 

(i)               if the Reference Rate is a composite quotation or customarily supplied by one entity, the Calculation Agent will determine the Reference Rate which appears on the Relevant Screen Page as of the Relevant Time on the relevant Interest Determination Date;

 

(ii)              in any other case, the Calculation Agent will determine the arithmetic mean of the Reference Rates which appear on the Relevant Screen Page as of the Relevant Time on the relevant Interest Determination Date;

 

(iii)             if, in the case of (i) above, such rate does not appear on that page or, in the case of (ii) above, fewer than two such rates appear on that page or if, in either case, the Relevant Screen Page is unavailable, the Calculation Agent will:

 

(A)       request the principal Relevant Financial Centre office of each the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of the Reference Rate at approximately the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date to prime banks in the Relevant Financial Centre interbank market in an amount that is representative for a single transaction in that market at that time; and

 



 

(B)       determine the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

 

(iv)            if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested, the Calculation Agent will determine the arithmetic mean of the rates (being the nearest to the Reference Rate, as determined by the Calculation Agent) quoted by major banks in the Principal Financial Centre of the Specified Currency, selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 11.00 a.m. (local time in the Principal Financial Centre of the Specified Currency) on the first day of the relevant Interest Period for loans in the Specified Currency to leading European banks for a period equal to the relevant Interest Period and in an amount that is representative for a single transaction in that market at that time,

 

and the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be the sum of the Margin and the rate or (as the case may be) the arithmetic mean so determined; provided, however, that if the Calculation Agent is unable to determine a rate or (as the case may be) an arithmetic mean in accordance with the above provisions in relation to any Interest Period, the Rate of Interest applicable to the Notes during such Interest Period will be the sum of the Margin and the rate or (as the case may be) the arithmetic mean last determined in relation to the Notes in respect of a preceding Interest Period.

 

(d)          ISDA Determination:  If ISDA Determination is specified in the relevant Final Terms as the manner in which the Rate(s) of Interest is/are to be determined, the Rate of Interest applicable to the Notes for each Interest Period will be the sum of the Margin and the relevant ISDA Rate where “ISDA Rate” in relation to any Interest Period means a rate equal to the Floating Rate (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) that would be determined by the Calculation Agent under an interest rate swap transaction if the Calculation Agent were acting as Calculation Agent for that interest rate swap transaction under the terms of an agreement incorporating the ISDA Definitions and under which:

 

(i)               the Floating Rate Option (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) is as specified in the relevant Final Terms;

 

(ii)              the Designated Maturity (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) is a period specified in the relevant Final Terms; and

 

(iii)             the relevant Reset Date (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) is either (A) if the relevant Floating Rate Option is based on the London inter-bank offered rate (LIBOR) for a currency, the first day of that Interest Period or (B) in any other case, as specified in the relevant Final Terms.

 

(e)          Index-Linked Interest:  If the Index-Linked Interest Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable, the Rate(s) of Interest applicable to the Notes for each Interest Period will be determined in the manner specified in the relevant Final Terms.

 

(f)           Maximum or Minimum Rate of Interest:  If any Maximum Rate of Interest or Minimum Rate of Interest is specified in the relevant Final Terms, then the Rate of Interest shall in no event be greater than the maximum or be less than the minimum so specified.

 

(g)          Calculation of Interest Amount:  The Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable after the time at which the Rate of Interest is to be determined in relation to each Interest Period, calculate the Interest Amount payable in respect of each Note for such Interest Period.  The Interest Amount will be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period to the Calculation Amount, multiplying the product by the relevant Day Count Fraction, rounding the resulting figure to the nearest sub-unit of the Specified Currency (half a sub-unit being rounded upwards) and multiplying such rounded figure by a fraction equal to the Specified Denomination of the relevant note divided by the Calculation amount.  For this purpose a “ sub-unit ” means, in the case of any currency other than euro, the lowest amount of such currency that is available as legal tender in the country of such currency and, in the case of euro, means one cent.

 

(h)          Calculation of other amounts:  If the relevant Final Terms specifies that any other amount is to be calculated by the Calculation Agent, the Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable after the time or times at which any such amount is to be determined, calculate the relevant amount.  The relevant amount will be calculated by the Calculation Agent in the manner specified in the relevant Final Terms.

 

(i)           Publication:  The Calculation Agent will cause each Rate of Interest and Interest Amount determined by it, together with the relevant Interest Payment Date, and any other amount(s) required to be determined by it

 



 

together with any relevant payment date(s) to be notified to the Paying Agents and each listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system (if any) by which the Notes have then been admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation as soon as practicable after such determination but (in the case of each Rate of Interest, Interest Amount and Interest Payment Date) in any event not later than the first day of the relevant Interest Period.  Notice thereof shall also promptly be given to the Noteholders.  The Calculation Agent will be entitled to recalculate any Interest Amount (on the basis of the foregoing provisions) in the event of an extension or shortening of the relevant Interest Period.  If the Calculation Amount is less than the minimum Specified Denomination the Calculation Agent shall not be obliged to publish each Interest Amount but instead may publish only the Calculation Amount and the Interest Amount in respect of a Note having the minimum Specified Denomination.

 

(j)                                Notifications etc:  All notifications, opinions, determinations, certificates, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of this Condition by the Calculation Agent will (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Issuer, the Paying Agents, the Noteholders and the Couponholders and (subject as aforesaid) no liability to any such Person will attach to the Calculation Agent in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by it of its powers, duties and discretions for such purposes.

 

8.                                  Zero Coupon Note Provisions

 

(a)                             Application:  This Condition 8 ( Zero Coupon Note Provisions ) is applicable to the Notes only if the Zero Coupon Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable.

 

(b)                            Late payment on Zero Coupon Notes:  If the Redemption Amount payable in respect of any Zero Coupon Note is improperly withheld or refused, the Redemption Amount shall thereafter be an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(i)                                          the Reference Price; and

 

(ii)                                       the product of the Accrual Yield (compounded annually) being applied to the Reference Price on the basis of the relevant Day Count Fraction from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) whichever is the earlier of (i) the day on which all sums due in respect of such Note up to that day are received by or on behalf of the relevant Noteholder and (ii) the day which is seven days after the Fiscal Agent has notified the Noteholders that it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such seventh day (except to the extent that there is any subsequent default in payment).

 

9.                                  Dual Currency Note Provisions

 

(a)                             Application:  This Condition 9 ( Dual Currency Note Provisions ) is applicable to the Notes only if the Dual Currency Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable.

 

(b)                            Rate of Interest:   If the rate or amount of interest falls to be determined by reference to an exchange rate, the rate or amount of interest payable shall be determined in the manner specified in the relevant Final Terms.

 

10.                            Redemption and Purchase

 

(a)                             Scheduled redemption :  Unless previously redeemed, or purchased and cancelled, the Notes will be redeemed at their Final Redemption Amount on the Maturity Date, subject as provided in Condition 11 ( Payments ).

 

(b)                            Redemption for tax reasons:  The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole, but not in part:

 

(i)                                          at any time (if neither the Floating Rate Note Provisions or the Index-Linked Interest Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable); or

 

(ii)                                       on any Interest Payment Date (if the Floating Rate Note Provisions or the Index-Linked Interest Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable),

 

on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders (which notice shall be irrevocable), at their Early Redemption Amount (Tax), together with interest accrued (if any) to the date fixed for redemption, if:

 

(A)                  (x) the Issuer has or will become obliged to pay additional amounts as provided or referred to in Condition 12 ( Taxation ) as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws or

 



 

regulations of The Netherlands or the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the date of issue of the first Tranche of the Notes; and (y) such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it; or

 

(B)                    the Issuer shall determine that any payment made outside the United States by the Issuer or any Paying Agents in respect of any Note or Coupon appertaining thereto would, under any present or future laws or regulations of the United States affecting taxation or otherwise, be subject to any certification, information or other reporting requirement of U.S. law or regulation with regard to the nationality, residence or identity of a beneficial owner, who is not a U.S. Person, of such instrument or Coupon (other than a requirement that: (x) would not be applicable to a payment made (1) directly to the beneficial owner or (2) to a custodian, nominee or other agent of the beneficial owner; or (y) could be satisfied by the holder, custodian, nominee or other agent certifying that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. Person, provided, however, that in each case referred to in (x)(2) or (y) payment by any such custodian, nominee or agent to the beneficial owner is not otherwise subject to any requirement referred to in this sentence; or (z) would not be applicable to a payment made by at least one paying agent),

 

provided, however, that no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than:

 

(1)                     where the Notes may be redeemed at any time, 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such additional amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due; or

 

(2)                     where the Notes may be redeemed only on an Interest Payment Date, 60 days prior to the Interest Payment Date occurring immediately before the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such additional amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer shall deliver to the Fiscal Agent (A) a certificate signed by two members of the Board of Management of the Issuer stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred of and (B) (in the case of redemption under Condition 10(b)(A)) an opinion of independent legal advisers of recognised standing to the effect that the Issuer has or will become obliged to pay such additional amounts as a result of such change or amendment.  Upon the expiry of any such notice as is referred to in this Condition 10(b), the Issuer shall be bound to redeem the Notes in accordance with this Condition 10(b).

 

(c)                             Redemption at the option of the Issuer:  If the Call Option is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable, the Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole or, if so specified in the relevant Final Terms, in part on any Optional Redemption Date (Call) at the relevant Optional Redemption Amount (Call) on the Issuer giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Issuer to redeem the Notes or, as the case may be, the Notes specified in such notice on the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Call) at the Optional Redemption Amount (Call) plus accrued interest (if any) to such date).

 

(d)                            Partial redemption:   If the Notes are to be redeemed in part only on any date in accordance with Condition 10(c) ( Redemption at the option of the Issuer ), the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected by the drawing of lots in such place and in such manner as may be fair and reasonable in the circumstances, taking into account prevailing market practices, subject to compliance with applicable law and the rules of each listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system (if any) by which the Notes have then been admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation, and the notice to Noteholders referred to in Condition 10(c) ( Redemption at the option of the Issuer ) shall specify the serial numbers of the Notes so to be redeemed.  If any Maximum Redemption Amount or Minimum Redemption Amount is specified in the relevant Final Terms, then the Optional Redemption Amount (Call) shall in no event be greater than the maximum or be less than the minimum so specified.

 



 

(e)                             Redemption at the option of Noteholders:  If the Put Option is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable, the Issuer shall, at the option of the holder of any Note, redeem such Note on the Optional Redemption Date (Put) specified in the relevant Put Option Notice at the relevant Optional Redemption Amount (Put) together with interest (if any) accrued to such date.  In order to exercise the option contained in this Condition 10(e), the holder of a Note must, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days before the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Put), deposit with any Paying Agent such Note together with all unmatured Coupons relating thereto and a duly completed Put Option Notice in the form obtainable from any Paying Agent.  The Paying Agent with which a Note is so deposited shall deliver a duly completed Put Option Receipt to the depositing Noteholder.  No Note, once deposited with a duly completed Put Option Notice in accordance with this Condition 10(e), may be withdrawn; provided, however, that if, prior to the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Put), any such Note becomes immediately due and payable or, upon due presentation of any such Note on the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Put), payment of the redemption moneys is improperly withheld or refused, the relevant Paying Agent shall mail notification thereof to the depositing Noteholder at such address as may have been given by such Noteholder in the relevant Put Option Notice and shall hold such Note at its Specified Office for collection by the depositing Noteholder against surrender of the relevant Put Option Receipt.  For so long as any outstanding Note is held by a Paying Agent in accordance with this Condition 10(e), the depositor of such Note and not such Paying Agent shall be deemed to be the holder of such Note for all purposes.

 

(f)                               No other redemption:  The Issuer shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes otherwise than as provided in paragraphs (a) to (e) above.

 

(g)                            Early redemption of Zero Coupon Notes:  Unless otherwise specified in the relevant Final Terms, the Redemption Amount payable on redemption of a Zero Coupon Note at any time before the Maturity Date shall be an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(i)                                          the Reference Price; and

 

(ii)                                       the product of the Accrual Yield (compounded annually) being applied to the Reference Price from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which the Note becomes due and payable.

 

Where such calculation is to be made for a period which is not a whole number of years, the calculation in respect of the period of less than a full year shall be made on the basis of such Day Count Fraction as may be specified in the Final Terms for the purposes of this Condition 10(g) or, if none is so specified, a Day Count Fraction of 30E/360.

 

(h)                            Purchase:  The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may at any time purchase Notes in the open market  or otherwise and at any price, provided that all unmatured Coupons are purchased therewith.

 

(i)                                Cancellation:  All Notes so redeemed or purchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries and any unmatured Coupons attached to or surrendered with them shall be cancelled and may not be reissued or resold.

 

11.                            Payments

 

(a)                             Principal:  Payments of principal shall be made only against presentation and (provided that payment is made in full) surrender of Notes at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside  the United States by cheque drawn in the currency in which the payment is due on, or by transfer to an account denominated in that currency (or, if that currency is euro, any other account to which euro may be credited or transferred) and maintained by the payee with, a bank in the Principal Financial Centre of that currency (in the case of a sterling cheque, a town clearing branch of a bank in the City of London).  No payments on Notes will be made by mail to an address in the United States of America or by transfer to an account maintained in the United States of America.

 

(b)                            Interest:  Payments of interest shall, subject to paragraph (h) below, be made only against presentation and (provided that payment is made in full) surrender of the appropriate Coupons at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States in the manner described in paragraph (a) above.

 

(c)                             Payments in The City of New York:  Payments of principal or interest in U.S. dollars may be made at the Specified Office of a Paying Agent in The City of New York if (i) the Issuer has appointed Paying Agents

 



 

outside the United States with the reasonable expectation that such Paying Agents will be able to make payment of the full amount of the interest on the Notes in U.S. dollars when due, (ii) payment of the full amount of such interest in U.S. dollars at the offices of all such Paying Agents is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions and (iii) payment is permitted by applicable United States law.

 

(d)                            Payments subject to fiscal laws:  All payments in respect of the Notes are subject in all cases to any applicable fiscal or other laws and regulations in the place of payment, but without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 12 ( Taxation ).  No commissions or expenses shall be charged to the Noteholders or Couponholders in respect of such payments.

 

(e)                             Deductions for unmatured Coupons:  If the relevant Final Terms specifies that the Fixed Rate Note Provisions are applicable and a Note is presented without all unmatured Coupons relating thereto:

 

(i)                                          if the aggregate amount of the missing Coupons is less than or equal to the amount of principal due for payment, a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the missing Coupons will be deducted from the amount of principal due for payment; provided, however, that if the gross amount available for payment is less than the amount of principal due for payment, the sum deducted will be that proportion of the aggregate amount of such missing Coupons which the gross amount actually available for payment bears to the amount of principal due for payment;

 

(ii)                                       if the aggregate amount of the missing Coupons is greater than the amount of principal due for payment:

 

(A)                  so many of such missing Coupons shall become void (in inverse order of maturity) as will result in the aggregate amount of the remainder of such missing Coupons (the “ Relevant Coupons ”) being equal to the amount of principal due for payment; provided, however, that where this sub-paragraph would otherwise require a fraction of a missing Coupon to become void, such missing Coupon shall become void in its entirety; and

 

(B)                    a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the Relevant Coupons (or, if less, the amount of principal due for payment) will be deducted from the amount of principal due for payment; provided, however, that , if the gross amount available for payment is less than the amount of principal due for payment, the sum deducted will be that proportion of the aggregate amount of the Relevant Coupons (or, as the case may be, the amount of principal due for payment) which the gross amount actually available for payment bears to the amount of principal due for payment.

 

Each sum of principal so deducted shall be paid in the manner provided in paragraph (a) above against presentation and (provided that payment is made in full) surrender of the relevant missing Coupons.

 

(f)                               Unmatured Coupons void :  If the relevant Final Terms specifies that this Condition 11(f) is applicable or that the Floating Rate Note Provisions or the Index-Linked Interest Note Provisions are applicable, on the due date for final redemption of any Note or early redemption of such Note pursuant to Condition 10(b) ( Redemption for tax reasons ), Condition 10(e) ( Redemption at the option of Noteholders ), Condition 10(c) ( Redemption at the option of the Issuer ) or Condition 13 ( Events of Default ), all unmatured Coupons relating thereto (whether or not still attached) shall become void and no payment will be made in respect thereof.

 

(g)                            Payments on Business Days:  If the due date for payment of any amount in respect of any Note or Coupon is not a Payment Business Day in the place of presentation, the holder shall not be entitled to payment in such place of the amount due until the next succeeding Payment Business Day in such place and shall not be entitled to any further interest or other payment in respect of any such delay.

 

(h)                            Payments other than in respect of matured Coupons:  Payments of interest other than in respect of matured Coupons shall be made only against presentation of the relevant Notes at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States (or in The City of New York if permitted by paragraph (c) above).

 

(i)                                Partial payments:  If a Paying Agent makes a partial payment in respect of any Note or Coupon presented to it for payment, such Paying Agent will endorse thereon a statement indicating the amount and date of such payment.

 



 

(j)                                Exchange of Talons:  On or after the maturity date of the final Coupon which is (or was at the time of issue) part of a Coupon Sheet relating to the Notes, the Talon forming part of such Coupon Sheet may be exchanged at the Specified Office of the Fiscal Agent or at the office of the Paying Agent in London for a further Coupon Sheet (including, if appropriate, a further Talon but excluding any Coupons in respect of which claims have already become void pursuant to Condition 14 ( Prescription )).  Upon the due date for redemption of any Note, any unexchanged Talon relating to such Note shall become void and no Coupon will be delivered in respect of such Talon.

 

12.                            Taxation

 

(a)                             Gross up:  All payments of principal and interest in respect of the Notes and the Coupons by or on behalf of the Issuer shall be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or on behalf of The Netherlands, the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any political subdivision therein or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax, unless the withholding or deduction of such taxes, duties, assessments, or governmental charges is required by law.  In that event, the Issuer shall pay such additional amounts as will result in receipt by the Noteholders and the Couponholders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such withholding or deduction been required, except that no such additional amounts shall be payable in respect of any Note or Coupon presented for payment:

 

(i)                                          by or on behalf of a holder which is liable for such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges in respect of such Note or Coupon by reason of its having some connection with the jurisdiction by which such taxes, duties, assessments or charges have been imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed other than the mere holding of the Note or Coupon; or

 

(ii)                                       where such withholding or deduction is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

 

(iii)                                    by or on behalf of a holder who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note or Coupon to another Paying Agent in a Member State of the EU; or

 

(iv)                                   more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that the holder of such Note or Coupon would have been entitled to such additional amounts on presenting such Note or Coupon for payment on the last day of such period of 30 days;

 

(v)                                      where such withholding or deduction would not have been imposed but for the holder’s past or present status as a personal holding company, foreign personal holding company or passive foreign investment company with respect to the United States or a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; or

 

(vi)                                   where such withholding or deduction would not have been imposed but for the holder’s past or present status as a “10 per cent. shareholder” of the obligor of the Note as defined in Section 871(h)(3) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code or any successor provisions, a controlled foreign corporation related to the obligor of the Note or a bank that has invested in the Note as an extension of credit in the ordinary course of its trade or business.

 

(b)                            Taxing jurisdiction:  If the Issuer becomes subject at any time to any taxing jurisdiction other than The Netherlands, references in these Conditions to The Netherlands shall be construed as references to The Netherlands and/or such other jurisdiction.

 

13.                            Events of Default

 

If any of the following events occurs and is continuing:

 

(a)                                       Non-payment:  the Issuer fails to pay any amount of principal in respect of the Notes on the due date for payment thereof or fails to pay any amount of interest in respect of the Notes within 14 days of the due date for payment thereof; or

 



 

(b)                                      Breach of other obligations:  the Issuer defaults in the performance or observance of any of its other obligations under or in respect of the Notes and such default remains unremedied for 30 days after written notice thereof, addressed to the Issuer by any Noteholder has been delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Fiscal Agent; or

 

(c)                                       Cross-default of Issuer:  the Issuer defaults under any Indebtedness, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount exceeding €10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) (except that such euro amount shall not apply with respect to a default with respect to Notes of any other Series), becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, without such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled or such Indebtedness having been discharged within a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by any Noteholder, a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Issuer to cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled or such Indebtedness to be discharged and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” under this Condition 13(c); or

 

(d)                                      Security enforced:  a secured party or encumbrancer takes possession, or a receiver, manager or other similar officer is appointed, of the whole or a substantial part of the undertaking, assets and revenues of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; or

 

(e)                                       Insolvency etc: (i) the Issuer becomes insolvent or admits in writing that it is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, (ii) an administrator (including a bewindvoerder ) or liquidator (including a curator) of the Issuer or the whole or a substantial part of the undertaking, assets and revenues of the Issuer is appointed (or application for any such appointment is made including an application for the Issuer to be declared bankrupt ( failliet ) or to be granted a moratorium of payments ( surseance van betaling ), unless such application is contested by the Issuer and/or discharged or stayed within 90 days or is cancelled or withdrawn within 90 days after the making thereof), (iii) the Issuer takes any action for a readjustment or deferment of any of its obligations or makes a general assignment or an arrangement or composition ( verag ) with or for the benefit of its creditors or declares a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness; or

 

(f)                                         Winding up etc:  an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding up, liquidation or dissolution ( ontbinding en vereffening ) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (otherwise than, in the case of a Subsidiary of the Issuer, for the purposes of or pursuant to an amalgamation, reorganisation or restructuring whilst solvent); or

 

(g)                                      Attachment etc:  an executory attachment ( executorial beslag ) or interlocutory attachment ( conservatoir beslag ) is made on all or a substantial part of the assets of the Issuer, or a similar measure under foreign law is made, unless such application is contested by the Issuer and/or discharged or stayed within 90 days, or is cancelled or withdrawn within 90 days after the making thereof; or

 

(h)                                      Enforcement proceedings:  a distress, attachment, execution or other legal process is levied, enforced or sued out on or against the whole or a substantial part of the property, assets or revenues of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries and is not discharged or stayed within 90 days,

 

(i)                                          Keep Well Agreement etc. not in force:  the Keep Well Agreement is not (or is claimed by either party thereto not to be) in full force and effect or is modified, amended or terminated in contravention of the provisions thereof, or the Issuer waives, or fails to take all reasonable steps to exercise, any of its rights under the Keep Well Agreement or PACCAR or the Issuer fails to perform or observe any obligation on its part under the Keep Well Agreement so as to affect materially and adversely the interests of any Noteholder or Couponholder;

 

then any outstanding Notes of a particular Series may by written notice, addressed by any Noteholder, delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Fiscal Agent, be declared immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable at their Early Termination Amount together with accrued interest (if any) without further action or formality.  Upon payment of the Early Termination Amount, all obligations of the Issuer in respect of payment of the principal amount of the Notes of such Series shall terminate.

 



 

14.                            Prescription

 

Claims for principal shall become void unless the relevant Notes are presented for payment within ten years of the appropriate Relevant Date.  Claims for interest shall become void unless the relevant Coupons are presented for payment within five years of the appropriate Relevant Date.

 

15.                            Replacement of Notes and Coupons

 

If any Note or Coupon is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced at the Specified Office of the Fiscal Agent (and, if the Notes are then admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by any listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system which requires the appointment of a Paying Agent in any particular place, the Paying Agent having its Specified Office in the place required by such listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system), subject to all applicable laws and listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system requirements, upon payment by the claimant of the expenses incurred in connection with such replacement and on such terms as to evidence, security, indemnity and otherwise as the Issuer may reasonably require.  Mutilated or defaced Notes or Coupons must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

 

16.                            Agents

 

In acting under the Agency Agreement and in connection with the Notes and the Coupons, the Paying Agents act solely as agents of the Issuer and do not assume any obligations towards or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the Noteholders or Couponholders.

 

The initial Paying Agents and their initial Specified Offices are listed below.  The initial Calculation Agent (if any) is specified in the relevant Final Terms.  The Issuer reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying Agent and to appoint a successor fiscal agent or Calculation Agent and additional or successor paying agents; provided, however, that :

 

(a)                                       the Issuer shall at all times maintain a Fiscal Agent; and

 

(b)                                      the Issuer undertakes that it will ensure that it maintains a paying agent in an EU Member State that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; and

 

(c)                                       if a Calculation Agent is specified in the relevant Final Terms, the Issuer shall at all times maintain a Calculation Agent; and

 

(d)                                      if and for so long as the Notes are admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by any listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system which requires the appointment of a Paying Agent in any particular place, the Issuer shall maintain a Paying Agent having its Specified Office in the place required by such listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system.

 

In addition, the Issuer shall forthwith appoint a Paying Agent in New York City in respect of any Notes denominated in U.S. dollars in the circumstances described in Condition 11(c).

 

Notice of any change in any of the Paying Agents or in their Specified Offices shall promptly be given to the Noteholders.

 

17.                            Meetings of Noteholders; Modification and Waiver

 

(a)                             Meetings of Noteholders :  The Agency Agreement contains provisions for convening meetings of Noteholders to consider matters relating to the Notes, including the modification of any provision of these Conditions.  Any such modification may be made if sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution.  Such a meeting may be convened by the Issuer and shall be convened by them upon the request in writing of Noteholders holding not less than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.  The quorum at any meeting convened to vote on an Extraordinary Resolution will be two or more Persons holding or representing one more than half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes or, at any adjourned meeting, two or more Persons being or representing Noteholders whatever the principal amount of the Notes held or represented; provided, however, that Reserved Matters may only be sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution passed at a meeting of Noteholders at which two or more Persons holding or

 



 

representing not less than three-quarters or, at any adjourned meeting, one quarter of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes form a quorum.  Any Extraordinary Resolution duly passed at any such meeting shall be binding on all the Noteholders and Couponholders, whether present or not.

 

In addition, a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of all Noteholders who for the time being are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Noteholders will take effect as if it were an Extraordinary Resolution.  Such a resolution in writing may be contained in one document or several documents in the same form, each signed by or on behalf of one or more Noteholders.

 

(b)                            Modification:  The Notes and these Conditions may be amended without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders to correct a manifest error.  In addition, the parties to the Agency Agreement may agree to modify any provision thereof, but the Issuer shall not agree, without the consent of the Noteholders, to any such modification unless it is of a formal, minor or technical nature, it is made to correct a manifest error or it is, in the opinion of the Issuer, not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders.

 

18.                            Further Issues

 

The Issuer may from time to time, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest) so as to form a single series with the Notes.

 

19.                            Notices

 

Notices to the Noteholders shall be valid if published in a leading English language daily newspaper published in London (which is expected to be the Financial Times) or, if such publication is not practicable, in a leading English language daily newspaper having general circulation in Europe.  Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of first publication.  Couponholders shall be deemed for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the Noteholders.

 

20.                            Currency Indemnity

 

If any sum due from the Issuer in respect of the Notes or the Coupons or any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto has to be converted from the currency (the “ first currency ”) in which the same is payable under these Conditions or such order or judgment into another currency (the “ second currency ”) for the purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or proof against the Issuer, (b) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (c) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation to the Notes, the Issuer shall indemnify each Noteholder, on the written demand of such Noteholder addressed to the Issuer and delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Fiscal Agent, against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which such Noteholder may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.

 

This indemnity constitutes a separate and independent obligation of the Issuer, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action and shall continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Note or Coupon or any other judgment or order.

 

21.                            Rounding

 

For the purposes of any calculations referred to in these Conditions (unless otherwise specified in these Conditions or the relevant Final Terms), (a) all percentages resulting from such calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, (b) U.S. dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one half cent being rounded up), (c) all Japanese Yen amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded downwards to the next lower whole Japanese Yen amount, and (d) all amounts denominated in any other currency used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest two decimal places in such currency, with 0.005 being rounded upwards.

 



 

22.                            Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

(a)                             Governing law :  The Notes and all matters arising from or connected with the Notes are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

(b)                            English courts :  The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a “ Dispute ”) arising from or connected with the Notes.

 

(c)                             Appropriate forum :  The Issuer agrees that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any Dispute and, accordingly, that it will not argue to the contrary.

 

(d)                            Rights of the Noteholders to take proceedings outside England :  Condition 22(b) ( English courts ) is for the benefit of the Noteholders only.  As a result, nothing in this Condition 22 ( Governing law and jurisdiction ) prevents any Noteholder from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute (“ Proceedings ”) in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, Noteholders may take concurrent Proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

(e)                             Process agent :  The Issuer agrees that the documents which start any Proceedings and any other documents required to be served in relation to those Proceedings may be served on it by being delivered to PACCAR Financial Limited at Croston Road, Leyland, Preston, Lancs PR5 3LZ, United Kingdom or, if different, its registered office for the time being or at any address of the Issuer in Great Britain at which process may be served on it in accordance with Part XXIII of the Companies Act 1985.  If such Person is not or ceases to be effectively appointed to accept service of process on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer shall, on the written demand of any Noteholder addressed and delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Fiscal Agent appoint a further Person in England to accept service of process on its behalf and, failing such appointment within 15 days, any Noteholder shall be entitled to appoint such a Person by written notice addressed to the Issuer and delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Fiscal Agent.  Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the right of any Noteholder to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.  This Condition applies to Proceedings in England and to Proceedings elsewhere.

 


Exhibit 10(a)

 

PACCAR Inc

Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Plan

(Effective as of January 1, 2009)

 

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN

 

PACCAR Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), established the PACCAR Inc Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “Supplemental Plan”) effective as of January 1, 1975.  The sole purpose of the Supplemental Plan is to supplement the benefits of certain employees under the PACCAR Inc Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Retirement Plan”).  The Supplemental Plan has been amended from time to time, and was last amended on December 7, 2006.

 

The Company hereby again amends and restates the Supplemental Plan effective as of January 1, 2009.  The Supplemental Plan, as amended and restated, is intended to satisfy the requirements of, and shall be implemented and administered in a manner consistent with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.  Benefits that commenced to be paid under the Supplemental Plan before January 1, 2005 shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the Supplemental Plan, as in effect on December 31, 2004.

 

SECTION 2. PARTICIPATION

 

A Member who is an Employee (as both terms are defined in the Retirement Plan) shall become a “Participant” in the Supplemental Plan on the first day of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the earliest of (a), (b) or (c) below, occurs:

 

(a)                                   The date the Employee elects to participate in the PACCAR Inc Deferred Incentive Compensation Plan, Section 6 of the Administrative Guidelines of the PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan or the PACCAR Inc Deferred Compensation Plan, as they may be amended from time to time (collectively, the “Nonqualified Plans”);

 

(b)                                  The date the Employee’s monthly pension (determined in accordance with the Retirement Plan) would, but for the limitation of Section 415 of the Code and the maximum benefit limitations of the Retirement Plan, exceed the amount of the monthly pension actually payable to such Employee under the Retirement Plan after the application of such limitation.

 

(c)                                   The date the Employee’s monthly pension (determined in accordance with the Retirement Plan) would, but for the limitation of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, exceed the amount of the monthly pension actually payable to such Employee under the Retirement Plan after the application of such limitation.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants shall be limited to, and may be more restrictive than, the group of employees who are members of a select group of management or highly-compensated employees (within the meaning of Sections 201, 301, and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

 

1



 

SECTION 3. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS

 

A Participant’s Supplemental Benefit shall be the amount (if any) by which the Total Pension Benefit exceeds the Participant’s Retirement Plan Benefit.  The Total Pension Benefit and the Retirement Plan Benefit shall be calculated as of the “Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date.”

 

(a)                                   For purposes of calculating a Participant’s Supplemental Benefit, “Total Pension Benefit” shall equal the monthly pension which would be payable to such Participant under Article 5 of the Retirement Plan (i) if the maximum benefit limitations of Section 415 of the Code and of the Retirement Plan did not apply, (ii) if the includable compensation limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code did not apply, and (iii) if the definition of “Salary” in the Retirement Plan included any amount of base salary that is deferred or any amount of incentive compensation that is deferred under the Company’s Nonqualified Plans.  For purposes of this paragraph, amounts deferred under the Company’s Nonqualified Plans shall be deemed to be included in “Salary” for the calendar year in which such amounts are earned.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of calculating the Supplemental Benefit, as discussed above, “Retirement Plan Benefit” shall equal the Participant’s monthly pension payable under the Retirement Plan.

 

SECTION 4. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

(a)                                   Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date .  A Participant’s “Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date” shall be the first day of the first month immediately following the later of:

 

(1)                                   The date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment; or

 

(2)                                   The date the Participant attains age 55.

 

For purposes of the Supplemental Plan, “Termination of Employment” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date” for a Participant whose Termination of Employment occurred before January 1, 2009 and who did not commence his or her Supplemental Benefit prior to January 1, 2009, shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the January 1, 2005 amended and restated Supplemental Plan.

 

(b)                                  Supplemental Payment Form .  The Supplemental Benefit shall be payable either in a single cash lump sum or in an annuity (paid monthly).

 

(1)                                   Each Participant shall elect the form in which the Supplemental Benefit (if any) shall be paid within 30 days after first becoming a Participant.  If a Participant fails to specify the form in which the Supplemental Benefit (if any) shall be paid, then such Participant’s Supplemental Benefit shall be paid as an annuity; provided, however, that

 

2



 

the Participant shall have the right to specify the type of actuarially equivalent annuity from those available under the Retirement Plan at any time up to the Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date.  In the event a Participant fails to specify the type of annuity prior to the Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date, the Supplemental Benefit shall be paid as a single life annuity, if the Participant is not married on such Date, and as a 50% joint and survivor annuity, if Participant is married on such Date.

 

(2)                                   A Participant may change the form in which the Supplemental Benefit (if any) shall be paid; provided, however that if such change is made more than 30 days after the Employee first became a Participant, then the change will not be effective for 12 months and the Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date shall be delayed at least five (5) years from when payment otherwise would have been made or commenced.  In this regard, if a Participant first elects the form in which the Supplemental Benefit shall be paid more than 30 days after such Employee first became a Participant, then such initial election shall be deemed a change to a prior election and shall be subject to the same conditions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change in the form of annuity shall not be deemed a change in the form in which such Supplemental Benefit shall be paid, provided that the annuities are actuarially equivalent under Section 409A of the Code (and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder), and that the change in the form of annuity is made prior to the Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date.

 

(3)                                   The amount of a Participant’s Supplemental Benefit (if any) shall be adjusted to reflect the form in which such Supplemental Benefit is paid.  If paid as an annuity, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Retirement Plan by applying the actuarial factors and assumptions used for annuity conversions as described in the definition of “Actuarial Equivalent” in the Retirement Plan.  If paid in a single cash lump sum, such adjustment shall be made by applying the actuarial factors and assumptions used for lump sum distributions as described in the definition of “Actuarial Equivalent” in the Retirement Plan.

 

(c)                                   Specified Employee .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if a Participant’s Supplemental Benefit becomes payable on account of the Participant’s Termination of Employment (other than on account of the Participant’s death) and such Participant is a Specified Employee, then such Participant’s Supplemental Benefit shall be paid on the later of (1) the first day of the first month immediately following the date that is six (6) months after the Participant’s Termination of Employment, or (2) the date such Supplemental Benefit otherwise would be payable pursuant to Section 4(a).  For purposes of this paragraph, “Specified Employee” shall mean a Participant who is a “specified employee” as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)                                  Death Benefits .  Upon the death of a Participant prior to the Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date, the Participant’s surviving spouse (if any) shall be eligible to receive a Survivor Pension.  The “Survivor Pension” shall be the amount (if any) by which the Total Survivor Pension Benefit exceeds the surviving spouse’s Retirement Plan Benefit.  The Total Survivor Pension Benefit and the Retirement Plan Benefit shall be calculated as of the date of the Participant’s death.

 

3



 

(1)                                   For purposes of calculating the Survivor Pension, “Total Survivor Pension Benefit” shall equal the monthly pension payment which would be payable under Article 7 of the Retirement Plan (i) if the maximum benefit limitations of Section 415 of the Code and of the Retirement Plan did not apply, (ii) if the includable compensation limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code did not apply, and (iii) if the definition of “Salary” in the Retirement Plan included any amounts of base salary or incentive compensation deferred under the Company’s Nonqualified Plans.  For purposes of this paragraph, amounts deferred under the Company’s Nonqualified Plans shall be deemed to be included in “Salary” for the calendar year in which such amounts are earned.

 

(2)                                   For purposes of calculating the Survivor Pension, as described above, the surviving spouse’s “Retirement Plan Benefit” shall be the actual monthly pension payable under Article 7 of the Retirement Plan.

 

(3)                                   The Survivor Pension shall be paid on the Participant’s Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date and in the form in which the Participant’s Supplemental Benefit would have been paid.

 

(e)                                   Small Plan Benefits .  Notwithstanding the Participant’s form of payment election under this Section 4, if the lump sum value of the Participant’s Supplemental Benefit is $50,000 (or less) as of the Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date, then such Participant’s Supplemental Benefit shall be paid in a single cash lump sum.  In addition, if the lump-sum value of a surviving spouse’s Survivor Pension is $50,000 (or less), then such Survivor Pension shall be paid in a single cash lump sum.  For the purpose of determining the Supplemental Benefit under this section, the Company shall use the actuarial factors and assumptions described in the definition of “Actuarial Equivalent” in the Retirement Plan.

 

SECTION 5. FUNDING

 

The Supplemental Plan shall be unfunded, and Supplemental Benefits shall be paid only from the general assets of the Company.

 

SECTION 6. ADMINISTRATION

 

The Supplemental Plan shall be administered by the Company. The Company shall make such rules, interpretations and computations as it may deem appropriate; and any decision with respect to the Supplemental Plan, including (without limitation) any determination of eligibility to participate in the Supplemental Plan and any calculation of Supplemental Benefits shall be within the discretion of the Company.  To the extent not preempted by ERISA, the Supplemental Plan shall be construed according to the laws of the State of Washington.

 

SECTION 7.  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

(a)  Benefits Claim .  Claims for benefits and inquiries concerning the Supplemental Plan (or concerning present or future rights to benefits under the Supplemental Plan) shall be

 

4



 

submitted to the Company in writing.  A claim for benefits shall be submitted on the prescribed form and shall be signed by the Participant (or, the beneficiary, if applicable).

 

(b)  Benefit Claim Denial .  In the event that a claim for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of the denial and of the right to a review of the denial.  The written notice shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, specific reasons for the denial, specific references to the provisions of the Supplemental Plan on which the denial is based, a description of any information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, an explanation of why the material is necessary, and an explanation of the review procedure under the Supplemental Plan.  The written notice shall be given to the claimant within a reasonable period of time (not more than 90 days) after the Company received the claim, unless special circumstances require further time for processing and the claimant is advised of the extension.  In no event shall the notice be given more than 180 days after the Company received the claim.

 

(c)  Review .  A claimant whose claim for benefits was denied in whole or in part, or the claimant’s duly authorized representative, may appeal the denial by submitting to the Company a request for a review of the claim within 90 days after receiving written notice of the denial from the Company.  The Company shall give the claimant or his or her representative an opportunity to review pertinent materials, other than legally-privileged documents, in preparing the request for a review.  The request for a review shall be in writing and addressed to the Company.  The request for a review shall set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request, and any other matters that the claimant (or representative) deems pertinent.  The Company may require the claimant to submit such additional facts, documents or other material as it may deem necessary or appropriate in making its review.

 

(d)  Review Decision .  The Company shall act on each request for an appeal within 60 days after receipt, unless special circumstances require further time for processing and the applicant is advised of the extension.  In no event shall the decision on review be rendered more than 120 days after the Company received the request for a review.  The Company shall give prompt written notice of its decision to the claimant.  In the event that the Company confirms the denial of the claim for benefits in whole or in part, the notice shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, the specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the provisions of the Supplemental Plan on which the decision is based.

 

(e)  Rules and Interpretations .  The Company shall adopt such rules, procedures and interpretations of the Supplemental Plan as it deems necessary or appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities under this Section 7.

 

(f)  Exhaustion of Remedies .  No legal action for benefits under the Supplemental Plan shall be brought unless and until the claimant (i) has submitted a written claim for benefits in accordance with this Section 7, (ii) has been notified by the Company that the claim is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the claim in accordance with this Section 7, and (iv) has been notified in writing that the Company has affirmed the denial of the claim; provided, however, that legal action may be brought after the Company has failed to take any action on the claim within the time prescribed by this Section 7.

 

5



 

SECTION 8. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

The Company expects to continue the Supplemental Plan indefinitely.  Future conditions, however, cannot be foreseen, and the Company shall have the authority to amend or to terminate the Supplemental Plan at any time; provided, however, that any such termination shall be subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.  In the event of an amendment or termination of the Supplemental Plan, a Participant’s Supplemental Benefit shall not be less than the Supplemental Benefits to which the Participant would be entitled if the Participant’s employment had terminated immediately prior to such amendment or termination of the Supplemental Plan.

 

SECTION 9. CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

(a)                                   Vesting .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Supplemental Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control, each Participant shall immediately be fully vested in the benefits under the Supplemental Plan which have accrued through the date of the Change of Control.

 

(b)                                  Change of Control .  For purposes of the Supplemental Plan, “Change of Control” shall mean “Change in Control” as such term is defined in Section 16.4 of the PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan, as approved by the stockholders of the Company on April 25, 2006.

 

(c)                                   Termination .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Company may terminate the Supplemental Plan in its entirety within the 30 days preceding or the 12 months following a “change in control event” (as such term is defined in the Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 409A of the Code); provided, that all substantially similar arrangements also are terminated and that the Participants (or beneficiary, if applicable) receive the benefit under the Supplemental Plan (if any) within 12 months of the date the Supplemental Plan is terminated.  The Company shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether to terminate the Supplemental Plan pursuant to this Section 9 and to pay all Supplemental Benefits (or the remaining amount of Supplemental Benefits that are in pay status) in single cash lump sums.  For purposes of calculating the present value of the Supplemental Benefit to be paid upon such a termination of the Supplemental Plan, the date the Plan is terminated shall be the Supplemental Benefit Commencement Date for all Participants whose Supplemental Benefit is not then in pay status, the interest rate shall be 0% and the assumed mortality table shall be the “Applicable Mortality Table” described in the definition of “Actuarial Equivalent” in the Retirement Plan.

 

SECTION 10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Supplemental Plan shall be deemed to give any person any right to remain in the employ of the Company or affect any right of the Company to terminate a person’s employment with or without cause.

 

SECTION 11. FORFEITURE OF SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS

 

(a)                                   Forfeiture .  Benefits payable under the Supplemental Plan to a Participant will be forfeited if service with the Company is terminated for Cause.  Benefits shall also be forfeited if, after Termination of Employment for reasons other Cause, a Participant fails or refuses to

 

6



 

provide advice and counsel to the Company when reasonably requested to do so.  The good faith determination of the Board of the existence of facts justifying forfeiture is considered conclusive under the Supplemental Plan.

 

(b)                                  Cause .  For purposes of the Supplemental Plan, “Cause” is defined to include any of the following conduct:

 

(1)                                   an act of embezzlement, fraud or theft;

 

(2)                                   deliberate disregard of the rules of the Company or a subsidiary,

 

(3)                                   unauthorized disclosure of any of the secrets or confidential information of the Company or a subsidiary;

 

(4)                                   any conduct which constitutes unfair competition with the Company or a subsidiary;

 

(5)                                   inducing any customers of the Company to breach any contracts with the Company or a subsidiary.

 

SECTION 12. NO ALIENATION

 

Benefits payable under the Supplemental Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, prior to actually being received by the person entitled to the benefit under the terms of the Supplemental Plan; and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to a benefit payable hereunder shall be void with the exception of payroll taxes paid on the participant’s behalf. The prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement) which relates to the provisions of child support, alimony or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law.  The Company shall not in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to a benefit hereunder.

 

SECTION 13. EXECUTION

 

PACCAR Inc, by its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, has executed this Supplemental Plan document on December 11, 2008.

 

7


Exhibit 10(b)

 

 

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Effective January 1, 2009)

 

SECTION 1.   ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE .

 

The PACCAR Inc Deferred Compensation Plan was adopted effective as of January 1, 2005, to provide certain employees with an opportunity (a) to defer payment of all or part of their bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan and (b) to defer all or part of any LTIP Award payable under the LTIP.  The Plan is hereby amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009, and is intended to satisfy the requirements of, and shall be implemented and administered in a manner consistent with, Section 409A of the Code.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Prior Plans were frozen.  Such Prior Plans cover the deferred awards accrued by participants as of December 31, 2004, that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code.  The deferral of amounts earned and payable under the Incentive Plan, and of cash awards earned and vested under the LTIP, on or after January 1, 2005, shall be pursuant to this Plan.

 

SECTION 2.   DEFINITIONS .

 

(a)  “ Account ” means each bookkeeping account established pursuant to Section 6 on behalf of an Executive who elects to participate in the Plan.  Each Account may consist of two subaccounts:  an Income Account and a Stock Account.

 

(b)  “ Beneficiary ” means the person or persons who shall receive payment of the Participant’s Account(s) in the event of the death of the Participant.

 

(c)  “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(d)  “ Cause ” means (i) an act of embezzlement, fraud or theft, (ii) the deliberate disregard of the rules of the Company or a Subsidiary, (iii) any unauthorized disclosure of any of the secrets or confidential information of the Company or a Subsidiary, (iv) any conduct which constitutes unfair competition with the Company or a Subsidiary or (v) inducing any customers of the Company or a Subsidiary to breach any contracts with the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(e)  “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)  “ Company ” means PACCAR Inc, a Delaware corporation, or its successor.

 

(g)  “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

(h)  “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 



 

(i)  “ Deferred Award ” means the particular Incentive Award and/or LTIP Award that is deferred pursuant to the Plan.

 

(j)  “ Eligible Award ” means the Incentive Awards and/or LTIP Awards that are eligible for deferral pursuant to the Plan.  The Incentive Awards and the LTIP Awards qualify as “performance-based compensation” as such term is defined by Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(k)  “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

(l)  “ Executive ” means an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who is eligible to participate in the Incentive Plan or the LTIP.

 

(m) “ Incentive Award ” means a bonus earned and payable to an Executive under the Incentive Plan that is eligible for deferral pursuant to the Plan.  The “2005” Incentive Awards are the first Incentive Awards eligible for deferral under the Plan.

 

(n)  “ Incentive Plan ” means (i) the PACCAR Inc Senior Executive Yearly Incentive Compensation Plan or (ii) the PACCAR Inc Incentive Compensation Program, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

(o)  “ Income Account ” means the subaccount under a Participant’s Account which shall include all or part of a Deferred Award that is credited with interest as set forth in Section 5.

 

(p)  “ LTIP ” means the PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan, as such plan may be amended from time to time.

 

(q)  “ LTIP Award ” means a long term cash award earned and payable to an Executive under the LTIP that is eligible for deferral pursuant to the Plan.  The “2002-2004 Cycle” LTIP Awards (payable in 2005) are the first LTIP Awards eligible for deferral under the Plan.

 

(r)  “ Participant ” means a current or former Executive with an unpaid Account(s) under the Plan.

 

(s)  “ Permanent and Total Disability ” means a “disability” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(t)  “ Plan ” means this PACCAR Inc Deferred Compensation Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(u)  “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

 

(v)  “ Prior Plans ” means the PACCAR Inc Deferred Incentive Compensation Plan, and Section 6 of the Administrative Guidelines of the PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan.

 

(w)  “ Separation From Service ” means a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2



 

(x)  “ Service ” means employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(y)  “ Specified Employee ” means a Participant who is a “specified employee” as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code.  The Committee shall determine if a Participant is a Specified Employee as of the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service, in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(z)  “ Stock Account ” means the subaccount under a Participant’s Account which shall include all or part of a Deferred Award that is credited with shares of Common Stock as set forth in Section 6.

 

(aa) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

SECTION 3.   ADMINISTRATION .

 

The Committee shall have the authority to administer the Plan in its sole discretion.  To this end, the Committee is authorized to construe and interpret the Plan, to promulgate, amend and rescind rules relating to the implementation of the Plan and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate.  Any determination, decision or action of the Committee in connection with the construction, interpretation or administration of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons participating in the Plan and any person validly claiming under or through persons participating in the Plan.

 

SECTION 4.   PARTICIPATION .

 

An Executive who wishes to defer an Eligible Award must make a deferral election with respect to such Eligible Award at least six months before the end of the performance period during which such Eligible Award is earned.  A newly eligible Executive who wishes to defer an Eligible Award also may make a deferral election with respect to such Eligible Award within thirty days of the date the Executive first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, an Executive’s deferral election is irrevocable and cannot be amended.

 

SECTION 5.   TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS .

 

(a)   Time of Payment .  Each deferral election must specify the time of payment of the Deferred Award.  Payment may be made on account of:  (1) the Participant’s Separation From Service or (2) a specific payment date(s), as described in the deferral election forms prescribed by the Committee.  If the Participant elects to be paid a Deferred Award upon his or her Separation From Service and the Account established with respect to such Deferred Award is paid on account of the Participant’s Separation From Service, then payment shall be made or commence in the first January following the Participant’s Separation From Service (or, if the

 

3



 

Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the month immediately following the date that is at least six (6) months following the Participant’s Separation From Service).  In addition, if the Participant fails to specify the timing of payment of a Deferred Award, then the Account established with respect to such Deferred Award shall be paid in the first January following the Participant’s Separation From Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the month immediately following the date that is at least six (6) months following the Participant’s Separation From Service).

 

(b)   Manner of Payment .

 

(i)   Income Account .  The Participant must specify in each deferral election the manner in which the particular Income Account shall be paid.  A Participant may elect to have his or her Income Account paid either (1) in a single cash lump sum, or (2) in substantially equal annual cash installments (not to exceed fifteen), calculated by dividing the balance remaining in such Income Account by the number of installments then remaining to be distributed.  If the Participant fails to specify the manner of payment for his or her Income Account, such Income Account shall be paid in a single cash lump sum.

 

(ii)   Stock Account .  The Participant’s Stock Account shall be paid in a single lump sum distribution of whole shares of Common Stock.  Any fractional shares of Common Stock in the Participant’s Stock Account shall be paid in a cash lump sum.

 

(c)   Changes to Deferral Elections .  A Participant may change the time and manner of payment of a particular Account; provided that (i) the new election shall not become effective for 12 months from the date it is made and (ii) the new payment date is at least five years later than the original payment date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change in the time and/or manner of payment of the particular Account under this Section 5(c) shall not accelerate payment of such Account, except as allowed by Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)   Small Accounts .  Notwithstanding a Participant’s election under this Section 5, if the total value of all of a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan is less than $50,000 at the time the Participant is scheduled to receive his or her first payment, then all of such Participant’s Accounts under the Plan shall be paid in a single lump sum at that time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the first scheduled payment date is based on the Participant’s Separation From Service and the Participant is a Specified Employee, then such Participant’s Accounts shall not be paid earlier than the first day of the month immediately following the date that is at least six (6) months following the Participant’s Separation From Service.

 

(e)   Early Separation From Service .  Notwithstanding a Participant’s election under this Section 5, if a Participant incurs a Separation From Service (for any reason other than death or a Permanent and Total Disability) before attaining age 55 and completing 15 years of Service, then all of such Participant’s Accounts shall be paid in a single lump sum in the first month immediately following the such Separation From Service.  However, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, then all of such Participant’s Accounts shall be paid in a single lump sum on the first day of the month immediately following the date that is at least six months following the Participant’s Separation From Service.

 

4



 

(f)   Age 70½ Payment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, payment of a Participant’s Accounts shall be made or commence no later than the January immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½.

 

(g)   Withholding .  To the extent required by law in effect at the time payment is made from the Plan, the Company or its agents shall have the right to withhold or deduct from any payment under the Plan any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state or local governments.

 

SECTION 6.   PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

 

(a)   Establishment of Accounts .  The Committee shall establish and maintain an Account for an Executive with respect to each Incentive Award or LTIP Award deferred under the Plan.  Each Account shall be credited with an amount equal to that portion of the Incentive Award and/or LTIP Award that is not payable currently to the Executive because of the terms of a deferral election.  Separate Accounts will be maintained for each Deferred Award, except as the Committee may otherwise have determined.

 

(b)   Investment of Accounts .  An Executive must specify in each deferral election how the Deferred Award is to be invested and allocated between an Income Account and a Stock Account.

 

(i)   Income Account .  The Committee shall credit each Income Account with an initial account balance equal to all or part of the Deferred Award as the Executive shall specify in the deferral election.  That portion of the Deferred Award shall be credited as of the January next following the performance period in which such Deferred Award was earned.  Commencing with that date, and continuing up to the close of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date when the last payment from such account is made, each Income Account shall be credited with interest on the account balance.  Interest shall be credited each calendar quarter during the deferral period at a rate equal to the simple combined average of the monthly Aa Industrial Bond yield average for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, as reported in Moody’s Bond Record.  Such interest shall be compounded quarterly.

 

(ii)   Stock Account .  The Committee shall credit each Stock Account with an initial account balance equal to all or part of the Deferred Award as the Executive shall specify in the deferral election.  A deferred Incentive Award that is invested in a Stock Account shall be credited as of the January next following the performance period in which such Incentive Award was earned.  The initial account balance shall be equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that such portion of the Incentive Award could have purchased at the average closing price of a share of Common Stock for the first five (5) days in January in which the Common Stock is actively traded.  A deferred LTIP Award that is invested in a Stock Account shall be credited as of the date such LTIP Award is payable under the terms of the LTIP.  The initial account balance shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that such portion of the LTIP Award could have purchased at the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the date the deferred LTIP Award is credited into the Stock Account.  Thereafter, any dividends earned on the initial shares of Common Stock in a Stock Account will be treated as if those dividends had been invested in additional shares of Common Stock at the closing price on the date the dividends are paid.  Each Stock Account will be adjusted pursuant to Article 10 of the LTIP.

 

5



 

(c)   Account Statements .  As soon as practicable after July 1 of each Plan Year (and after such other dates as the Committee may determine), the Committee shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Participant a written statement showing the balance in his or her Account(s) as of the applicable date.

 

SECTION 7.   DEATH BENEFITS .

 

(a)   Participant’s Death .  Upon the death of a Participant, his or her unpaid Account(s) shall be paid to his or her Beneficiary.  The payment shall be made at the time(s) and in the manner specified in the election filed by the Participant.  If the Participant did not specify the Beneficiary’s time of payment prior to his or her death, then the payment to the Beneficiary shall be made as soon practicable after the death of the Participant, but no later than 90 days after the Participant’s death.  If the Participant did not specify the Beneficiary’s manner of payment, then the payment to the Beneficiary shall be in a single lump sum.  If a designated Beneficiary dies before full payment of his or her entire share of the Participant’s Accounts, then the remaining payments shall be made to such Beneficiary’s estate.

 

(b)   Designation of Beneficiary .  Upon commencement of participation in the Plan, each Participant shall, by filing the applicable form as prescribed by the Company, name a person or persons as the Beneficiary who will receive any payments under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death, in addition to the time and manner of payment.  If the Participant has not named a Beneficiary, then the Participant’s estate shall be the Beneficiary.  The Participant may change his or her Beneficiary designation from time to time.  Any designation of a Beneficiary (or an amendment or revocation thereof) shall be effective only if it is made in writing on the prescribed form and is received by the Committee (or its delegate) prior to the Participant ‘s death.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7 to the contrary, in the case of a married Participant, any designation of a person other than his or her spouse as the sole primary Beneficiary shall be valid only if the spouse consented to such designation in writing.

 

SECTION 8.   FORFEITURE OF ACCOUNTS .

 

All of a Participant’s Account shall be forfeited in the event that his or her Separation From Service is for Cause or in the event that after a Separation From Service for any other reason, the Participant fails or refuses to provide advice or counsel to the Company or a Subsidiary when reasonably requested to do so.  The Committee’s good-faith determination of the existence of facts justifying forfeiture shall be conclusive.

 

SECTION 9.   INCOMPETENCE .

 

If, in the opinion of the Committee, any Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) becomes unable to handle properly any payment made under the Plan, then the Committee may make such arrangements for payment on such individual’s behalf as it determines will be beneficial to such individual, including (without limitation) payment to such individual’s guardian, conservator, spouse or dependent.

 

6



 

SECTION 10.   UNSECURED RIGHTS .

 

The Plan is unfunded.  The interest under the Plan of any Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) and the right to receive payment shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company.  The Accounts shall be bookkeeping entries only, and no Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) shall have an interest in or claim against any specific asset of the Company pursuant to the Plan.

 

SECTION 11.   NONASSIGNABILITY OF INTERESTS .

 

The interest and property rights of any Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) under the Plan shall not be subject to option nor be assignable either by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, including (without limitation) bankruptcy, garnishment, attachment or other creditor’s process, and any act in violation of this Section 11 shall be void.

 

SECTION 12.   LIMITATION OF RIGHTS .

 

(a)   No Right to Eligible Awards .  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give an Executive any right to receive an Incentive Award and/or be granted an LTIP Award.

 

(b)   No Right to Employment .  Neither the Plan nor the deferral of an Eligible Award, nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company or a Subsidiary will employ an Executive for any period of time, in any position or at any particular rate of compensation.

 

SECTION 13.   DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS .

 

The procedures established by the Company for the determination of the qualified status of domestic relations orders and for making distributions under qualified domestic relations orders, as provided in Section 206(d) of ERISA, shall apply to the Plan.

 

SECTION 14.   CLAIMS AND INQUIRIES .

 

(a)   Application for Benefits .  Applications for benefits and inquiries concerning the Plan (or concerning present or future rights to benefits under the Plan) shall be submitted to the Committee in writing.  An application for benefits shall be submitted on the prescribed form and shall be signed by the Participant or, in the case of a benefit payable after his or her death, by the Beneficiary.

 

(b)   Denial of Application .  In the event that an application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the applicant in writing of the denial and of the right to a review of the denial.  The written notice shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, specific reasons for the denial, specific references to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, a description of any information or material necessary for the applicant to perfect the application, an explanation of why the material is necessary, and an explanation of the review procedure under the Plan.  The written notice shall be given to the applicant within a reasonable period of time (not more than 90 days) after the Committee received the application, unless special circumstances require further time for processing and the

 

7



 

applicant is advised of the extension.  In no event shall the notice be given more than 180 days after the Committee received the application.

 

(c)   Request for Review .  An applicant whose application for benefits was denied in whole or in part, or the applicant’s duly authorized representative, may appeal the denial by submitting to the Committee a request for a review of the application within 90 days after receiving written notice of the denial from the Committee.  The Committee shall give the applicant or his or her representative an opportunity to review pertinent materials, other than legally privileged documents, in preparing the request for a review.  The request for a review shall be in writing and addressed to the Committee.  The request for a review shall set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request, and any other matters that the applicant deems pertinent.  The Committee may require the applicant to submit such additional facts, documents or other material as it may deem necessary or appropriate in making its review.

 

(d)   Decision on Review .  The Committee shall act on each request for an appeal within 60 days after receipt, unless special circumstances require further time for processing and the applicant is advised of the extension.  In no event shall the decision on review be rendered more than 120 days after the Committee received the request for a review.  The Committee shall give prompt written notice of its decision to the applicant.  In the event that the Committee confirms the denial of the application for benefits in whole or in part, the notice shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, the specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based.

 

(e)   Rules and Interpretations .  The Committee shall adopt such rules, procedures and interpretations of the Plan as it deems necessary or appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities under this Section 14.

 

(f)   Exhaustion of Remedies .  No legal action for benefits under the Plan shall be brought unless and until the claimant (i) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with Section 14(a) above, (ii) has been notified by the Committee that the application is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with Section 14(c) above and (iv) has been notified in writing that the Committee has affirmed the denial of the application; provided, however, that legal action may be brought after the Committee has failed to take any action on the claim within the time prescribed by Sections 14(b) and 14(d) above, respectively.

 

SECTION 15.   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN .

 

(a)  The Board or Committee may amend (including suspend) the Plan at any time.  In the event all or any provision of the Plan is determined either (i) to violate Section 409A of the Code (and the Treasury regulations thereunder) or (ii) to cause any of the deferrals under the Prior Plans to fail to qualify for “grandfathered” status treatment in accordance with Section 409A of the Code (and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder), each Participant consents to the adoption of such conforming amendments as the Board or Committee deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to comply with Section 409A of the Code (and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder) and to preserve the “grandfathered” status of such deferrals.

 

8



 

(b)  The Board or Committee may terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

SECTION 16.   CHANGE OF CONTROL .

 

The Board or Committee may terminate the Plan in its entirety within the 30 days preceding or the 12 months following a “change in control event” (as such term is defined in the Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 409A of the Code); provided, that all substantially similar arrangements also are terminated and that the Participants receive the balance of their Accounts within 12 months of the date the Plan is terminated.  The Board or Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether to terminate the Plan pursuant to this Section 16, in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

SECTION 17.   CHOICE OF LAW .

 

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan shall be governed by ERISA and, to the extent they are not preempted, by the laws of the State of Washington.

 

SECTION 18.   EXECUTION .

 

To record the adoption of the Plan to read as set forth herein, PACCAR Inc by its Chairman, Compensation Committee, has executed this Plan document on the eighth of  December, 2008.

 

9


Exhibit 10(d)

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
PACCAR INC
RESTRICTED STOCK AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
(Effective as of January 1, 2009)

 

1.  PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

The Company has established this Plan to provide Non-Employee Directors with financial incentives to promote the success of the Company’s long-term business objectives, and to encourage qualified persons to accept nominations as a Non-Employee Director. The Plan is unfunded and benefits are payable in the form of shares of PACCAR Common Stock or cash. The Plan was last amended and restated in December 2007.

 

The Company hereby amends and restates the Plan effective as of  January 1, 2009.  The deferral feature of the Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“the Code”), with respect to compensation deferred after December 31, 2004 (and subsequent earnings thereon). The balance in the Deferred Accounts as of December 31, 2004 (and subsequent earning thereon) shall be governed by the distribution rules in effect on December 31, 2004.

 

2.  DEFINITIONS

 

(a)  “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of PACCAR Inc.

 

(b)  “ Committee ” means the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors or any successor to such committee.

 

(c)  “ Common Stock ” means common shares of PACCAR Inc with $1.00 par value and any class of common shares into which such common shares hereafter may be converted.

 

(d)  “ Company ” means PACCAR Inc, a Delaware corporation.

 

(e)  “ Deferred Accounts ” means either the unfunded Stock Unit Account or Income Account maintained by the Company into which a Non-Employee Director may defer payment of his or her cash compensation (retainer and fees) or elect to receive a credit to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of a grant of Restricted Stock for service as a Company director. The Company also shall establish subaccounts under a Non-Employee Director’s Deferred Accounts in order to separately account for the amounts in such Deferred Accounts that are, and that are not, subject to section 409A of the Code.

 

(f)  “ Fair Market Value ” means the closing price of the Common Stock on NASDAQ reported for the date specified for determining such value.

 

(g)  “ Grant Date ” means the date that Non-Employee Directors receive a grant of Restricted Stock.

 

(h)  “ Grantee ” means the Non-Employee Director receiving the Restricted Stock or his legal representative, legatees, distributees, alternate payees, or trustees as the case may be.

 

(i)  “ Mandatory Retirement ” means retirement as a Non-Employee Director at age seventy-two (72) or at such other age as may be specified in the bylaws for the Board of Directors in effect at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s Termination.

 

(j)  “ Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Company’s Board of Directors who is not a current employee of the Company.

 

(k)  “ Plan ” means this PACCAR Inc Restricted Stock and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor plan that the Committee or Board of Directors may adopt from time to time with respect to the grant of Director Restricted Stock or other stock-based grants.

 

(l)  “ Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock that may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of by the Grantee except under such circumstances as may be specified by the Committee.

 

(m)  “ Termination ” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of section 409A of the Code.

 

1



 

3.  PARTICIPATION

 

Each Non-Employee Director of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during his tenure as a Director.

 

4.  GRANTS OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

(a)           Except as set forth in Section 7, on the first business day of each calendar year for the duration of the Plan (the Grant Date), each person who is a Non-Employee Director shall receive a grant of Restricted Stock in an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that the “Base Amount” could have purchased at the Fair Market Value on such Grant Date (rounded up to the nearest whole share). The “Base Amount” shall be $90,000 as of January 1, 2006. The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may adjust the Base Amount for any Grant Date; provided, that the adjusted Base Amount is established no later than the December 31 immediately prior to the Grant Date on which such Base Amount shall be effective.

 

(b)          Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest in full and become unrestricted on the third anniversary of the applicable Grant Date subject to the provisions of Section 10. Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by a Grantee until such shares become unrestricted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4(b).

 

(c)           Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by a written Restricted Stock Grant Agreement that shall be executed by the Grantee and an authorized Company representative which shall indicate the date of the Restricted Stock award, the number of shares of Common Stock awarded, and contain such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine with respect to such Restricted Stock grant consistent with the Plan.

 

(d)          Except as set forth in Section 7, a PACCAR Non-Employee Director first elected to the Board of Directors during a calendar year is entitled to a pro-rated grant of Restricted Stock. The pro-rated grant of Restricted Stock shall be calculated as follows: the number of shares of Common Stock that the Base Amount could have purchased at the Fair Market Value on the first business day the Non-Employee Director’s Board service becomes effective (the “Grant Date”) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) pro-rated to reflect the number of calendar quarters such Non-Employee Director will serve on the Board of Directors during the calendar year in which such Non-Employee Director is first elected.

 

5.               SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

There shall be reserved for use under the Plan (subject to the provisions of Section 8 hereof) a total of 1,096,875 shares of Common Stock, which shares may be authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, treasury shares, or issued shares of Common Stock that shall have been reacquired by the Company.

 

6.               DIVIDEND, VOTING, AND OTHER SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Grantee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to all outstanding shares of Restricted Stock registered in his name, including the right to receive dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to such shares and the right to vote such shares.

 

7.               DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION

 

A Non-Employee Director may elect, on or before December 31 of any year, to defer at least 25% of the cash compensation to be paid to the Non-Employee Director for services as a Company director during the following calendar year and/or elect to receive a credit to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of the grant of Restricted Stock described in Section 4(a). Before the term of a new Non-Employee Director begins, he may elect within thirty (30) days of first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan to defer payment of the cash compensation earned for the remainder of the calendar year in which his term begins and/or elect to receive a credit to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of the grant of Restricted Stock described in Section 4(d). Any credit to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of the grant of Restricted Stock described in Section 4(a) or 4(d) shall be for the same number of shares of Common Stock and have the same restrictions and vesting provisions otherwise applicable to the grant of Restricted Stock. Such credit to the Stock Unit Account shall be evidenced by a written Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement that shall be executed by the Non-Employee Director and an authorized Company representative which shall indicate the date of the Deferred Restricted Stock Unit award, the number of units awarded, and contain such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine with respect to such Deferred Restricted Stock Unit grant consistent with the Plan.

 

2



 

Each participating Non-Employee Director may elect to have all or a portion of his cash compensation placed into one or both of two unfunded accounts maintained by the Company (hereafter Deferred Accounts). At the time a Non-Employee Director makes a deferral election, such Non-Employee Director shall specify the time and manner in which the Deferred Accounts shall be paid, using the deferral election forms prescribed by the Committee. Payment of the Deferred Accounts may be made (i) at the time of the Non-Employee Director’s Termination or (ii) based on a specific date after the Non-Employee Director’s Termination (including the date the Non-Employee Director attains a specified age). The Non-Employee Director’s deferral election form also must specify the allocation and investment of the deferred compensation between the Stock Unit Account and the Income Account. If a Non-Employee Director fails to specify the allocation and investment of the deferred compensation, then it shall be allocated and invested in the Income Account. Amounts deferred into the Stock Unit Account or the Income Account may not be transferred to the other deferred account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Non-Employee Director elects to receive a credit to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of the grant of Restricted Stock described in Section 4(a) or 4(d), such credit may not be allocated to the Income Account.

 

(a)           Stock Unit Account. In the case of cash deferrals, the account will be credited with the number of shares of Common Stock that the amount deferred could have purchased at the Fair Market Value on the date the Non-Employee Director’s cash compensation is payable. In the case of a credit to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of the grant of Restricted Stock described in Section 4(a) or 4(d), the account will be credited with the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise applicable to the grant of Restricted Stock subject to the same vesting conditions otherwise applicable to such Restricted Stock. Thereafter, any dividends earned will be treated as if those dividends had been invested in additional shares of Common Stock at the Fair Market Value on the date the dividend is payable. Vested amounts credited to the Stock Unit Account shall be distributed in shares of Common Stock either in a single payment or in substantially equal annual installments (over a period not to exceed 15 years), as specified by the Non-Employee Director on the deferral election form. Any fractional shares will be paid in cash. If a Non-Employee Director fails to specify the manner in which the Stock Unit Account shall be distributed, then it shall be distributed in a single payment.

 

(b)          Income Account. The account will be credited with the amount deferred, and interest shall begin to accrue, as of the date the Non-Employee Director’s cash compensation is payable. Interest is credited at a rate equal to the simple combined average of the monthly Aa Industrial Bond yield averages for the immediately preceding calendar quarter as reported in Moody’s Bond Record. Interest is compounded quarterly. Amounts credited to the Income Account shall be distributed either in a single payment or in substantially equal quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments (over a period not to exceed 15 years), as specified by the Non-Employee Director on the deferral election form. If a Non-Employee Director fails to specify the manner in which the Income Account shall be distributed, then it shall be distributed in a single payment.

 

Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the deferral election a Non-Employee Director makes under the Plan shall remain in effect from year-to-year. A Non-Employee Director may, however, increase or decrease the amount being deferred in the future by making a new deferral election no later than the December 31 immediately preceding the calendar in which the new election is to be effective. The amounts deferred under the new deferral election shall be distributed at the time specified in the prior deferral election and the amounts deferred under the new deferral election will be allocated in accordance with the prior deferral election, unless the Non-Employee Director specifies otherwise.

 

A Non-Employee Director may change the time and manner in which the Deferred Accounts shall be distributed; provided that (i) the new deferral election will become effective 12 months from the date it is made and (ii) the new deferral election specifies a distribution date that is at least five (5) years later than the prior distribution date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change in the time and/or manner of distribution of the Deferred Accounts shall not accelerate the distribution date of the Deferred Accounts, except as allowed by section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

8.               ADJUSTMENTS TO THE NUMBER OR VALUE OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

If there are any changes in the number or value of shares of Common Stock by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, or other events that increases or decreases the number or value of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, then proportionate adjustments shall be made to the number of shares of Common Stock (i) available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 5 above, (ii) covered by an unvested grant of Restricted Stock, and (iii) credited to each Stock Unit Account in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. This provision does not, however, authorize the delivery of a fractional share of Common Stock under the Plan.

 

3



 

9.               NON-TRANSFERABILITY

 

Shares of Restricted Stock and the Deferred Accounts shall not be assigned, attached, or otherwise subject to any creditor’s process or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a trust created for the benefit of the Non-Employee Director or his family or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code, Title I of Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules thereunder. The restrictions set forth in Section 4(b) shall apply to the shares of Restricted Stock in the hands of the trustee or Non-Employee Director’s former spouse.

 

10.        TERMINATION OF STATUS AS A NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR

 

(a)           In the event of a Termination by reason of Mandatory Retirement, disability, or death, all shares of Restricted Stock held by the Grantee shall become fully vested, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof, and the Grantee (or the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the shares of Restricted Stock by bequest or inheritance) shall have the right to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such shares at any time. In addition, in the event of such a Termination, all vesting restrictions on the credits made to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of the grant of Restricted Stock described in Section 4(a) or 4(d) shall lapse but the payout provisions of such credits shall not be affected by such Termination.

 

(b)          In the event of a Termination for any reason other than those specified in Section 10 (a) above, any shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be forfeited and the Grantee shall return to the Company for cancellation any stock certificates representing such forfeited shares which shall be deemed to be canceled and no longer outstanding as of the date of Termination; and from and after the date of Termination, the Grantee shall cease to be a shareholder with respect to such forfeited shares and shall have no dividend, voting, or other rights with respect thereto. In addition, in the event of such a Termination, any then unvested credits made to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of the grant of Restricted Stock described in Section 4(a) or 4(d) shall be forfeited.

 

(c)           The Deferred Accounts shall be distributed (or commence to be distributed), in accordance with the Non-Employee Director’s prior election form. If a Non-Employee Director failed to specify the time on which the Deferred Accounts shall be distributed, then such Non-Employee Director’s Deferred Accounts shall be distributed in the first January following the Non-Employee Director’s Termination.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding a Non-Employee Director’s election, if the aggregate value of the Deferred Accounts is less than $50,000 at the time distribution is made (or is scheduled to begin), then the Deferred Accounts shall be distributed at that time in a single payment, in shares of Common Stock for the Stock Unit Account and in cash for the Income Account.

 

11.        CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

Upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company, all grants of Restricted Stock under the Plan shall vest in full and become unrestricted and nonforfeitable. In addition, all vesting restrictions on the credits made to the Stock Unit Account in lieu of the grant of Restricted Stock described in Section 4(a) or 4(d) shall lapse but the payout provisions of such credits shall not affected by such change in control. For purposes of this Section 11, a “change in control” shall have the meaning given to such term under Section 16.4 of the PACCAR Inc Long Term Incentive Plan, as approved by the shareholders of the Company on April 25, 2006. In addition, the Board or the Committee may in its sole discretion terminate the deferral feature of the Plan within the 30 days preceding or the 12 months following a “change in control event” (as such term is defined in the Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to section 409A of the Code) and pay out deferred amounts, in accordance with Section 1.409A-3(j)(ix)(B) of the Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to section 409A of the Code .

 

12.        PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Company will pay all costs of administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have sole discretion to interpret the Plan, amend and rescind rules relating to its implementation and make all determinations necessary for administration of the Plan. Any determination, decision, or action of the Committee in connection with the interpretation, administration, or application of the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons. The Committee may employ consultants or other persons and rely upon their advice. All actions taken and all determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Non-Employee Directors, the Company, and all interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan.

 

The Committee may make such amendments or modifications in the terms and conditions of any grant of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable, or cancel or annul any grant of Restricted Stock; provided, however, that no such

 

4



 

amendment, modification, cancellation or annulment may, without the consent of the Grantee, adversely affect his rights with respect to such grant. In addition, the Committee may amend or modify the deferral feature, provided that any such amendment or modification (i) is made in accordance with section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) does not adversely affect the Non-Employee Director’s rights thereunder without such Non-Employee Director’s written consent, and (iii) is not a “material modification” that would result in the loss of grandfather treatment with respect to the balance in the Deferred Accounts as of December 31, 2004 (and earnings thereon).

 

13.        TAX WITHHOLDING

 

To the extent required by law, the Non-Employee Director (or Grantee, if applicable) shall make such arrangements satisfactory to the Company to satisfy any tax withholding or employment tax obligations due with respect to Restricted Stock or the Deferred Accounts. The Company shall have the right to withhold or deduct from any payment under the Plan in order to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations.

 

14.        AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

The Board of Directors or the Committee may at any time suspend, terminate, modify or amend the Plan in any respect; provided, however, shareholder approval of any Plan amendment shall be obtained only if required by law or the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and provided, further, that any termination shall be subject to the requirements of section 409A of the Code. No suspension, termination, modification, or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the Non-Employee Director (or Grantee, if applicable), adversely affect his rights with respect to the Restricted Stock or his Deferred Accounts.

 

15.        BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

Each Non-Employee Director may designate a beneficiary for each outstanding grant of Restricted Stock and for payment of his Deferred Accounts in the event of his death. If no beneficiary is designated or the beneficiary does not survive the Non-Employee Director, the award shall be made to the Non-Employee Director’s surviving spouse or, if there is none, to his estate.

 

16.        SECTION 409A 6-MONTH DELAY

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan to the contrary, if a Non-Employee Director is deemed by the Company at the time of the Non-Employee Director’s “separation from service” to be a “specified employee,” each within the meaning of section 409A of the Code, any compensation or benefits subject to section 409A of the Code to which the Non-Employee Director becomes entitled under this Plan (or any agreement or plan referenced in this Plan) in connection with such separation shall not be made or commence until the first day of the month immediately following the date that is six (6) months after the Non-Employee Director’s “separation from service” (or the Non-Employee Director’s death, if earlier).  Such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to the Non-Employee Director, including (without limitation) the additional twenty percent (20%) tax for which the Non-Employee Director would otherwise be liable under section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code in the absence of such deferral. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any compensation or benefits which would have otherwise been paid during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this Section 17 shall be paid to the Non-Employee Director or his or her beneficiary in one lump sum.

 

17.        EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN AND DURATION

 

This Plan, as amended and restated, is effective January 1, 2009 and will remain in effect until terminated by the Committee or the Board of Directors as provided herein.

 

5


Exhibit 10(e)

 

PACCAR Inc

 RESTRICTED STOCK AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

 

FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT

 

This RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT (the “AGREEMENT”) is entered into as of the (date)(the “GRANT DATE”) between PACCAR Inc (the “COMPANY”) and (director)(the “GRANTEE”).  Any term capitalized but not defined in this AGREEMENT will have the meaning set forth in the PACCAR Inc RESTRICTED STOCK AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS (the “PLAN”).

 

The PLAN provides for the grant of RESTRICTED STOCK to the COMPANY’S NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS.  Accordingly, the COMPANY and the GRANTEE hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Grant .  The COMPANY hereby grants to the GRANTEE a RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT (the “GRANT”) of (#) shares of COMMON STOCK.  The GRANT will be subject to the terms and conditions of the PLAN and this AGREEMENT.  The GRANT constitutes the right, subject to the terms and conditions of the PLAN and this AGREEMENT, to distribution of the shares of RESTRICTED STOCK.

 

2.                                        Stock Certificates .  The COMPANY will set up a book entry RESTRICTED STOCK account for each NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR with the COMPANY’s transfer agent for the RESTRICTED STOCK as soon as practicable.  The COMPANY will distribute the COMMON STOCK certificates to the GRANTEE or, if applicable, his or her beneficiary, when the stock becomes unrestricted in accordance with Section 4 of this AGREEMENT.

 

3.                                        Rights as Stockholder .  On and after the GRANT DATE, and except to the extent provided in the PLAN and this AGREEMENT, the GRANTEE will be entitled to all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the RESTRICTED STOCK, including the right to vote the RESTRICTED STOCK and to receive dividends and other distributions payable with respect to the RESTRICTED STOCK.

 

4.                                        Removal of Restrictions .  The RESTRICTED STOCK may not be sold or otherwise transferred (except as provided in Section 9) until the earlier of: (a) the third anniversary of the GRANT DATE; (b) the TERMINATION of service as a director by reason of MANDATORY RETIREMENT, disability or death in accordance with Section 10 of the PLAN; or  (c) a change of control of the COMPANY as provided in Section 11 of the PLAN.

 

5.                                        Forfeiture of RESTRICTED STOCK .  The RESTRICTED STOCK grant shall be forfeited and the GRANTEE shall cease to be a shareholder with respect to such forfeited stock if service as a director is terminated before the third anniversary of the GRANT DATE for any reason other than those specified in Section 4 above.  In such circumstances the forfeited shares shall be deemed canceled and no longer outstanding as of the date of TERMINATION.

 

1



 

6.                                        Terms and Conditions of Distribution.   The COMPANY is not required to issue or deliver any COMMON STOCK certificates before completing the steps necessary to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws (including any registration requirements and regulations governing short swing trading of securities) and applicable stock exchange rules and practices.  The COMPANY will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause compliance with those laws, rules and practices.

 

                                                If the GRANTEE dies before the COMPANY has distributed any RESTRICTED STOCK, the COMPANY will distribute COMMON STOCK certificates to the beneficiary or beneficiaries the GRANTEE designated, in the proportions the GRANTEE specified.  To be effective, a beneficiary designation must be made in writing and filed with the COMPANY.  If the GRANTEE failed to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries, the COMPANY will distribute COMMON STOCK certificates to the GRANTEE’S surviving spouse or, if there is none, to his estate.  The COMPANY will distribute the stock no later than six months after the GRANTEE’S death.

 

7.                                        Legend on Stock Certificates .  The COMPANY may require that COMMON STOCK certificates for RESTRICTED STOCK distributed to the GRANTEE prior to becoming unrestricted pursuant to this AGREEMENT bear any legend that counsel to the COMPANY believes is necessary or desirable to facilitate compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

8.                                        PLAN and AGREEMENT Not a Contract of Employment or Service .  Neither the PLAN nor this AGREEMENT will be construed to confer any legal right of the GRANTEE to remain in the Service of the COMPANY.

 

9.                                        Nontransferability .  Shares of RESTRICTED STOCK shall not be assigned, attached, or otherwise subject to any creditor’s process or transferred by the GRANTEE otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a trust created for the benefit of the NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR or his family or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, Title I of ERISA or the rules thereunder.  The restrictions set forth in the PLAN and this AGREEMENT shall apply to the shares of RESTRICTED STOCK in the hands of a trustee or NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR’S former spouse.

 

10.                                  Administration .  The COMMITTEE administers the PLAN and this AGREEMENT.  The COMMITTEE shall have sole discretion to interpret the PLAN and this AGREEMENT, amend and rescind rules relating to its implementation and make all determinations necessary for administration of the PLAN and this AGREEMENT.  The GRANTEE’S rights under this AGREEMENT are expressly subject to the terms and conditions of the PLAN, including continued shareholder approval of the PLAN, and to any guidelines the COMPANY adopts from time to time.  The GRANTEE hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the PLAN.

 

11.                                  Sole Agreement .  The GRANT is in all respects subject to the provisions set forth in the PLAN to the same extent and with the same effect as if the provisions of the PLAN were set forth fully herein.  In the event that the terms of this GRANT

 

2



 

conflict with the terms of the PLAN, the PLAN shall control.  This AGREEMENT is the entire AGREEMENT between the parties to it, and any and all prior oral and written representations are merged into and superceded by this AGREEMENT.  This AGREEMENT may be amended only by written agreement between the GRANTEE and the COMPANY.

 

12.                                  No Limitation on Rights of the COMPANY .  The award of RESTRICTED STOCK does not and will not in any way affect the right or power of the COMPANY to make adjustments, reclassifications or changes in its capital or business structure, or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

13.                                  Share Adjustments .  If there are any changes in the number or value of shares of COMMON STOCK by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers or other events as stated in Section 8 of the PLAN, then proportionate adjustments shall made to the number of shares of Common Stock in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.  This provision does not, however, authorize the delivery of a fractional share of COMMON STOCK under the PLAN.

 

14.                                  Notice .  Any notice or other communication required or permitted under the PLAN or this AGREEMENT must be in writing and must be delivered personally, sent by certified, registered or express mail, or sent by overnight courier, at the sender’s expense.  Notice will be deemed given when delivered personally or, if mailed, three days after the date of deposit in the United States mail or, if sent by overnight courier, on the regular business day following the date sent.  Notice to the COMPANY should be sent to PACCAR Inc, Attention: Company Secretary.  Notice to the GRANTEE should be sent to his business address.

 

15.                                  Data Privacy .  By entering into this Agreement, GRANTEE:  (a) agrees to disclose certain personal data requested by the COMPANY to administer the PLAN and expressly consents to the COMPANY’s processing such data for purposes of the implementation or administration of the PLAN and this AGREEMENT; (b) waives any data privacy rights GRANTEE may have with respect to such data; and (c) authorizes the COMPANY and any of its authorized agents to store and transmit such information in electronic form.

 

16.                                  Successors .  All obligations of the COMPANY under this AGREEMENT will be binding on any successor to the COMPANY, whether the existence of the successor results from a direct or indirect purchase of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the COMPANY, or a merger, consolidation, or other event.

 

17.                                  Governing Law .  To the extent not preempted by federal law, this AGREEMENT will be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Washington as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANY and the GRANTEE have duly executed this AGREEMENT as of the day and year first above written.

 

3


Exhibit 10(n)

 

 

PACCAR INC SAVINGS INVESTMENT PLAN

 

 

Amendment and Restatement Effective January 1, 2007

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE AND SCOPE

1

1.1

Purpose of Plan

1

1.2

Scope of Plan

2

1.3

PACCAR Inc Administers for Participating Subsidiaries; Allocation of Cost

2

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

2

2.1

General Definitions

2

 

(a)

“Accounts”

2

 

(b)

“Aggregate 401(k) Contributions”

2

 

(c)

“Aggregate 401(m) Contributions”

3

 

(d)

“Beneficiary”

3

 

(e)

“Benefit”

3

 

(f)

“Company”

3

 

(g)

“Company Contributions”

3

 

(h)

“Company Contributions Account”

3

 

(i)

“Compensation”

3

 

(j)

“Current or Accumulated Earnings and Profits”

4

 

(k)

“Eligible Employee”

4

 

(l)

“Employee”

4

 

(m)

“Employee Accounts”

5

 

(n)

“ERISA”

5

 

(o)

“Excess Aggregate Contributions”

5

 

(p)

“Excess Contributions”

5

 

(q)

“Excess Deferrals”

5

 

(r)

“Fiduciary”

5

 

(s)

“Highly Compensated Employee”

5

 

(t)

“Investment Options”

6

 

(u)

“Investment Manager”

6

 

(v)

“IRC”

6

 

(w)

“Layoff”

6

 

(x)

“Member”

6

 

(y)

“Member Contributions”

6

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

(z)

“Nonhighly Compensated Employee”

6

 

(aa)

“PACCAR Stock”

6

 

(bb)

“PACCAR Stock Fund”

6

 

(cc)

Period of Service

7

 

(dd)

“Plan”

7

 

(ee)

“Plan Year”

7

 

(ff)

“Required Beginning Date”

8

 

(gg)

“Restricted Member”

8

 

(hh)

“Retirement”

8

 

(ii)

“Retirement Plan”

8

 

(jj)

“Rollover Contributions”

8

 

(kk)

“Salary Deferrals”

8

 

(ll)

“Salary Deferral Account”

8

 

(mm)

“Section 414(s) Compensation”

8

 

(nn)

“Subsidiary”

9

 

(oo)

“Top-Paid Group”

10

 

(pp)

“Total Compensation”

10

 

(qq)

“Totally Disabled”

10

 

(rr)

“Trust Agreement”

10

 

(ss)

“Trust Fund”

11

 

(tt)

“Trustee”

11

 

(uu)

“USERRA”

11

 

(vv)

“Valuation Date”

11

2.2

Construction

11

ARTICLE 3

ELIGIBILITY AND MEMBERSHIP

11

3.1

Commencement of Membership

11

3.2

Enrollment Procedures

11

3.3

Termination of Membership

12

3.4

Restricted Membership

12

ARTICLE 4

SALARY DEFERRALS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

13

4.1

Amount of Salary Deferrals

13

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

4.2

Involuntary Reduction of Salary Deferral Rate

13

4.3

Voluntary Change of Salary Deferral Rate

13

4.4

Voluntary Suspension of Salary Deferrals

14

4.5

Return of Excess Deferrals

14

4.6

Average Deferral Percentage Limitation

15

4.7

Determination of Maximum Actual Deferral Percentage and Dollar Amount of Excess Contributions

15

4.8

Allocation of Excess Contributions to Highly Compensated Employees

16

4.9

Distribution of Excess Contributions

16

4.10

Qualified Company Contributions

16

4.11

Special Rules

16

4.12

Allocation of Salary Deferrals

18

4.13

Diversification of Salary Deferral Account or Employee Account

18

4.14

Rollover Contributions

18

4.15

Age 50 Catch-Up Rules

19

ARTICLE 5

COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

20

5.1

Amount of Company Contributions

20

5.2

Allocation of Company Contributions

20

5.3

Average Contribution Percentage Limitation

21

5.4

Determination of Maximum Actual Contribution Percentage and Dollar Amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions

21

5.5

Allocation of Excess Aggregate Contributions to Highly Compensated Employees

22

5.6

Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions

22

5.7

Use of Salary Deferrals

22

5.8

Special Rules

22

5.9

Company Contributions Paid From Earnings and Profits; Other Limitations on Company Contributions

24

5.10

Company Contributions in PACCAR Stock

25

5.11

Diversification of Company Contributions Account

25

5.12

Return of Company Contributions

25

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

THE TRUSTEE AND THE TRUST FUND

25

6.1

The Trustee and Investment Managers

25

6.2

Investment Funds

26

6.3

Voting of PACCAR Stock

26

6.4

Other Instructions by Members

27

6.5

Trust Fund Investment Losses: Interest in Trust Fund

27

6.6

ERISA 404(c) Requirements

27

6.7

Expenses of Plan and Trust

29

ARTICLE 7

ACCOUNTS AND VALUATIONS

29

7.1

Types of Accounts

29

7.2

Valuation of Accounts

30

7.3

Statements for Members

31

ARTICLE 8

AMOUNT AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

31

8.1

Vesting and Amount of Benefits

31

8.2

Normal Time of Distribution

31

8.3

Time of Distribution

32

8.4

Special Rules Regarding Distribution

32

8.5

Reemployment

32

8.6

Available Forms of Distribution

33

8.7

Election of a Form of Distribution

33

8.8

Small Benefits

33

8.9

Survivors’ Benefits

34

8.10

No Alienation of Benefits; Qualified Domestic Relations Order

34

8.11

Facility of Payment

35

8.12

Unclaimed Benefits

35

8.13

Payments Discharge Plan; Adverse Claims

36

8.14

Direct Rollovers

36

ARTICLE 9

LOANS

37

9.1

Amount of Loans

37

9.2

Aggregate Loan Limitation

38

9.3

Terms of Loans

38

 

iv



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

9.4

Company Consent

39

9.5

Source of Loans

39

9.6

Disbursement of Loans

39

9.7

Valuation Date

39

9.8

Loan Fees

40

ARTICLE 10

WITHDRAWALS

40

10.1

Regular Withdrawals

40

10.2

Source of Withdrawals

40

10.3

Application for Withdrawals: Time and Form of Distribution

40

10.4

Limitations on Withdrawals

41

ARTICLE 11

SALE OF STOCK TO TRUSTEE

41

ARTICLE 12

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

41

12.1

Company as Plan Administrator

41

12.2

Carrying out Fiduciary Duties

41

12.3

Appointment of Public Accountant

42

12.4

Reliance on Plan Records; Member’s Duty to Notify

42

ARTICLE 13

CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

42

13.1

Applications for Benefits

42

13.2

Denial of Applications

42

13.3

Requests for Review

43

13.4

Decision on Review

44

13.5

Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies; Limitations

44

ARTICLE 14

GENERAL PROVISIONS

45

14.1

Information and Reports to Members

45

14.2

Compliance With USERRA

45

14.3

Applicable Law

45

14.4

No Employment Rights Conferred

45

14.5

Service Upon Plan; Limitations on Actions Against Plan

45

14.6

Plan Office; Records

46

14.7

Form of Applications, Elections and Other Communications

46

14.8

Spousal Consents

46

 

v



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

14.9

Merger, Consolidation and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities

46

ARTICLE 15

CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

47

15.1

Basic Limitation

47

15.2

Effect on Future Contributions

47

15.3

Effect on Prior Contributions

47

15.4

Definitions

47

ARTICLE 16

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

48

16.1

Plan May Be Amended or Terminated

48

16.2

Amendments Cannot Reduce Accrued Benefits

49

16.3

Procedure Upon Plan Terminations

49

16.4

Partial Terminations

49

16.5

Intent to Comply with ERISA

49

16.6

Fiduciary Powers Continue Until Distribution Complete

49

ARTICLE 17

PRIOR PROFIT SHARING PLAN

49

17.1

No Reduction of Accrued Benefit

50

17.2

Full Vesting

50

17.3

Continuing Distributions

50

17.4

Beneficiary Designations

50

17.5

Company Contributions

50

17.6

Effective Date

50

ARTICLE 18

SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

50

18.1

Determination of Top-Heavy Status

50

18.2

Minimum Allocations

51

18.3

Definitions

51

ARTICLE 19

EXECUTION

52

 

vi



 

PACCAR INC SAVINGS INVESTMENT PLAN

 

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2007)

 

Effective January 1, 1955, Pacific Car and Foundry Company, the corporate predecessor of PACCAR Inc (a Delaware corporation), adopted the Pacific Car and Foundry Company Profit Sharing Plan and executed a Trust Agreement to provide profit-sharing benefits for its salaried employees.

 

The Plan has been subsequently amended and restated and has been renamed the “PACCAR Inc Savings Investment Plan.”  Effective April 1, 2005, PACCAR Inc amended and restated the Plan to provide that a portion of the Plan will constitute an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of IRC section 4975(e)(7).  Effective January 1, 2006, PACCAR Inc amended and restated the Plan to comply with final regulations under IRC section 401(k) and to make certain other amendments.  Effective January 1, 2007, PACCAR Inc further amended and restated the Plan to incorporate amendments requested by the Internal Revenue Service in its October 23, 2008 determination letter for the Plan.  Certain provisions, which are specifically identified, have a different effective date.

 

ARTICLE 1

 

PURPOSE AND SCOPE

 

1.1                                  Purpose of Plan

 

The purposes of this amended and restated Plan are:

 

(a)                                   To encourage systematic savings and investment by Eligible Employees as a means of building financial security;

 

(b)                                  To increase the identification of Eligible Employees with the Company’s financial success;

 

(c)                                   To provide Eligible Employees with a flexible savings and investment program enabling them to make decisions concerning the rate of return and relative risk of the investments made for their Accounts, as their personal or economic conditions change; and

 

(d)                                  To offer additional inducements which will attract and retain Eligible Employees with the knowledge and skills necessary for the Company’s success.

 

The Plan provides for contributions to be made by the Company to aid in accomplishing these purposes.

 

The Plan and the Trust Agreement are intended to meet the requirements of IRC sections 401(a), 401(k) and 501(a).  The assets of the Plan are held in trust and are invested for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Members of the Plan and their Beneficiaries.

 

1



 

The Plan is intended to qualify as an eligible individual account plan under section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, which is permitted to acquire and hold any amount of qualifying employer securities, and a portion of the Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock ownership plan under IRC section 4975(e)(7), which portion is designed to invest primarily in PACCAR Stock.

 

1.2                                  Scope of Plan

 

The Plan, as set forth herein, applies to Members who are in employment as Employees on or after January 1, 2007.  The rights and benefits, if any, of a former Employee shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the date when his employment terminated.

 

1.3                                  PACCAR Inc Administers for Participating Subsidiaries; Allocation of Cost

 

All acts required of the Company hereunder shall be performed by PACCAR Inc for itself and each of its participating Subsidiaries.  The cost of the Plan shall be apportioned equitably among PACCAR Inc and its participating Subsidiaries; provided that if a Subsidiary is prevented from making any contribution which it otherwise would have made under the Plan by reason of having insufficient Current or Accumulated Earnings and Profits, then the contribution which such Subsidiary would have made shall be made by PACCAR Inc and its other participating Subsidiaries in such proportions as PACCAR Inc may determine, and in accordance with and subject to the deductible contribution limitations of IRC section 404 and the provisions of Article 5.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

2.1                                  General Definitions

 

The following words and phrases when used herein shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                   Accounts ” means a Member’s Employee, Salary Deferral and Company Contributions Accounts (to the extent applicable).

 

(b)                                  Aggregate 401(k) Contributions ” means, for any Plan Year, the sum of the following: (1) the Member’s Salary Deferrals for the Plan Year; and (2) the Company Contributions allocated to the Member’s Accounts as of a date within the Plan Year, to the extent that such Company Contributions are aggregated with Salary Deferrals pursuant to Section 4.10.  The foregoing Paragraph (1) to the contrary notwithstanding, Aggregate 401(k) Contributions shall not include Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals and the Excess Deferrals of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee that are refunded to such Nonhighly Compensated Employee pursuant to Section 4.5, provided that such Excess Deferrals are solely attributable to elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the IRC) under a plan or plans (including the Plan) maintained by PACCAR Inc or any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof).

 

2



 

(c)                                   Aggregate 401(m) Contributions ” means, for any Plan Year, the sum of the following: (1) the Company Contributions allocated to the Member’s Accounts as of a date within the Plan Year; and (2) the Member’s Salary Deferrals for the Plan Year, to the extent that such Salary Deferrals are aggregated with Company Contributions pursuant to Section 5.7.

 

(d)                                  Beneficiary ” means a person designated pursuant to Section 8.9(b) who is entitled to receive all or part of a Member’s Benefit under the Plan in the event of such Member’s death prior to the total distribution of such Benefit.

 

(e)                                   Benefit ” means the nonforfeitable balance in a Member’s Accounts (reduced by the amount of any loan balance that remains outstanding under Article 9 at the time such Benefit is paid or at the time of the Member’s death, whichever is earlier, and reduced by any prior distribution to the Member) which is distributable to such Member under the Plan, determined pursuant to Article 8.

 

(f)                                     Company ” means (1) PACCAR Inc and (2) all of its Subsidiaries which have been designated to participate in the Plan by PACCAR Inc and which have accepted such designation in writing, while such designation is in effect.

 

(g)                                  Company Contributions ” means amounts contributed to the Plan by the Company pursuant to Article 5.

 

(h)                                  Company Contributions Account ” means the account to which is credited a Member’s share of Company Contributions pursuant to Article 5, as more specifically described in Article 7.

 

(i)                                      Compensation ” means “wages” paid to a Member by the Company while such Member is an Eligible Employee, and includes the amounts described in section 3401(a) of the IRC for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, but determined:

 

(1)                                   Without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in “wages” based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the IRC);

 

(2)                                   By including elective deferrals excludable from the Member’s gross income under section 125, section 132(f)(4) or section 402(e)(3) of the IRC and made to a plan maintained by the Company, including amounts contributed to the Plan as Salary Deferrals;

 

(3)                                   By excluding reimbursements or other expense allowances (such as, for example, hardship allowances, currency allowances, housing allowances, education allowances, car allowances, tuition reimbursement, tax equalization payments to relocated Employees or Employees on foreign service, cost-of-living allowances to Employees on foreign service), fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, payments received under an extended or long-term disability plan maintained by the Company, welfare benefits, payments received under the Company’s Long Term

 

3



 

Incentive Plan or any similar plan and amounts realized from the exercise, sale, exchange or other disposition of a stock option or stock appreciation right; and

 

(4)                                   By excluding amounts in excess of $200,000, as adjusted by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue to reflect increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B).  If the Plan Year is less than 12 consecutive months, the compensation limit shall be prorated accordingly.  With respect to Salary Deferrals, the $200,000 indexed limitation shall be applied as follows: the percentage deferral elected by the Member under Section 4.1 shall apply to his or her entire Compensation for the payroll period (even if on an annualized basis Compensation would exceed $200,000 as indexed), provided, however, that aggregate Salary Deferrals for the Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the dollar limitation under section 402(g) of the IRC (described in Section 4.5) or (ii) the dollar amount determined by multiplying the $200,000 indexed amount by the maximum deferral percentage permitted under Section 4.1.

 

(j)                                      Current or Accumulated Earnings and Profits ” of any corporation participating in the Plan means current or accumulated net income or profits, as determined by it upon the basis of its books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, without any deduction for taxes based on income or for Company Contributions made by such corporation under the Plan, and before consolidation of its financial statements with any other corporation affiliated with it.

 

(k)                                   Eligible Employee ” means any Employee of the Company who is receiving Compensation, as defined in Section 2.1(i).  “Eligible Employee” does not include (1) any individual whose employment is covered by a collective-bargaining agreement (unless the collective-bargaining agreement expressly provides for the individual’s participation in the Plan), (2) any individual classified as a commissioned salesman, (3) any individual who is neither a resident nor citizen of the United States, (4) any “leased employee” (within the meaning of section 414(n) of the IRC) or any individual who would be a leased employee but for the period-of-service requirement under section 414(n) of the IRC, (5) any individual who is not classified by the Company as an Employee (but, for example, is classified as an “independent contractor”) even if such individual is later determined to be an Employee, and (6) any individual who is subject to a written agreement that provides that such individual shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.  If, during any period, the Company has not treated an individual as an Employee and, for that reason, has not withheld employment taxes with respect to that individual, then that individual shall not be an Eligible Employee for that period, even in the event that the individual is determined, retroactively, to have been an Employee during all or any portion of that period.

 

(l)                                      Employee ” means any individual who (1) is a common-law employee of PACCAR Inc or any of its Subsidiaries under the customary employer-employee relationship or (2) is, with respect to PACCAR Inc or any of its Subsidiaries, a “leased employee” (within the meaning of section 414(n) of the IRC).

 

4



 

(m)                                Employee Accounts ”  means the account to which a Member’s Member Contributions were credited, as further described in Section 7.1(c), and which is adjusted for any distributions and withdrawals by the Member.

 

(n)                                  ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406) and includes subsequent amendments of such Act.  Reference to a section of ERISA shall include such section and any comparable section of any future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such section.

 

(o)                                  Excess Aggregate Contributions ” means the amount by which the Aggregate 401(m) Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees are reduced pursuant to Section 5.6.

 

(p)                                  Excess Contributions ” means the amount by which the Aggregate 401(k) Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees are reduced pursuant to Section 4.9.

 

(q)                                  Excess Deferrals ” means the amount of a Member’s Salary Deferrals and elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the IRC), other than Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals, that exceed the limits set forth in Section 4.5.

 

(r)                                     Fiduciary ” means a person having specific fiduciary responsibilities for Plan or Trust Fund administration, as further described in Article 12.

 

(s)                                   Highly Compensated Employee ” means any active Employee who:

 

(1)                                   Was a five-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the IRC taking into account the attribution rules as defined in Section 318(a) of the IRC) at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or

 

(2)                                   For the preceding Plan Year:

 

(i)                                      Received Total Compensation from PACCAR Inc and any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof) of more than $85,000 (or such larger amount as may be provided on account of cost of living adjustments pursuant to sections 414(q) and 415(d) of the IRC); and

 

(ii)                                   Provided the Company elects to apply this rule in accordance with the consistency and other requirements in regulations, was a member of the Top-Paid Group.

 

The term “Highly Compensated Employee” shall also include a former Employee who separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the determination year, performs no service for PACCAR Inc or any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof) during the determination year, and was a Highly Compensated Employee as an active Employee for either the separation year or any determination year ending on or after the Employee’s 55th birthday.

 

5



 

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the Top-Paid Group, will be made in accordance with section 414(q) of the IRC and regulations thereunder.

 

(t)                                     Investment Options ” means with respect to any Plan Year or portion of a Plan Year, the investment media selected by the Company and established under the Trust Fund for investment of one or more types of contributions under the Plan.

 

(u)                                  Investment Manager ” means any person (other than the Trustee appointed pursuant to Article 6 and the Company):

 

(1)                                   Who has the power to manage, acquire or dispose of any assets of the Plan;

 

(2)                                   Who is (i) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (ii) a bank, as defined in such Act; or (iii) an insurance company qualified to perform services described in (1) above under the laws of more than one state; and

 

(3)                                   Who has acknowledged in writing that he (it) is a Fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

 

(v)                                  IRC ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and includes subsequent amendments of such Code.  Reference to a section of the IRC shall include such section and any comparable section of any future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such section

 

(w)                                Layoff ” means one of the following types of layoff for lack of work: (1) layoff due to the closure of a plant or other facility, (2) layoff due to job elimination on account of technological change, change in business focus or similar change, without reassignment of duties to another position (all as determined by the Company), (3) layoff due to a general or limited manpower reduction program mandated by the Company or (4) layoff due to the sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of a division, facility or line of business to a buyer other than a Subsidiary.

 

(x)                                    Member ” means an individual who is included in Plan membership pursuant to Article 3.  “Member” includes a Restricted Member, unless the Plan otherwise provides or the context otherwise requires.

 

(y)                                  Member Contributions ” means any amounts contributed to the Plan by a Member prior to February 1, 1983.

 

(z)                                    Nonhighly Compensated Employee ” for any Plan Year means any active Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

(aa)                             PACCAR Stock ” means the common stock of PACCAR Inc or any of its Subsidiaries which is readily tradable on an established securities market.

 

(bb)                           PACCAR Stock Fund ” is described in Section 6.2.

 

6



 

(cc)                             Period of Service

 

An Employee’s “Period of Service” shall commence on his Employment Date or Reemployment Date (as the case may be) and shall end when he quits, retires, is discharged, or dies.  In determining whether an Employee has completed a 12-month Period of Service, the following rules shall apply:

 

(1)                                   Bridging Rule

 

In the case of an Employee who quit, retired or was discharged, his Period of Service shall include the period following such quit, retirement or discharge, if he is rehired as an Employee within 12 months after the date when he first became absent from active employment (whether by reason of such quit, retirement or discharge or for any other reason).

 

(2)                                   Aggregation Method

 

In the case of a reemployed Employee, all of his separate Periods of Service shall be aggregated and treated as a single continuous Period of Service.  When partial months are aggregated, 30 days shall be deemed to equal one full month.

 

(3)                                   Service Records; Additional Credit

 

An Employee’s Period of Service shall be determined by the Company on the basis of employment records or on such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory basis as it may adopt.  The Company, pursuant to written rules, may recognize as a Period of Service any period of time not otherwise described in this Section, subject to such conditions and limitations as it may adopt.

 

(4)                                   Definitions

 

As used in this Section, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

(A)                               Employment Date ” means the date on which the Employee’s active employment as an Employee commences.

 

(B)                                 Reemployment Date ” means the date on which the Employee’s active employment as an Employee recommences following an absence which is not included in the Employee’s aggregate Period of Service under (a) above.

 

(dd)                           Plan ” means this PACCAR Inc Savings Investment Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(ee)                             Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

 

7



 

(ff)                                 Required Beginning Date ” means, with respect to a Member:

 

(1)                                   if he attains or attained age 70½ before January 1, 1999 (and after January 1, 1989), April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains or attained age 70½;

 

(2)                                   if he attains age 70½ on or after January 1, 1999, and is not a five-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the IRC and taking into account any modifications under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC), April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which he ceases to be an Employee or the calendar year in which he attains age 70½; and

 

(3)                                   if he attains age 70½ on or after January 1, 1999, and is a five-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the IRC and taking into account any modifications under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC), April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70½.

 

(gg)                           Restricted Member ” means a Member who has limited membership rights under the Plan, as further described in Section 3.4.

 

(hh)                           Retirement ” means termination of employment as an Employee (for a reason other than death) after a Member has fulfilled all requirements for a normal or early retirement benefit under any Retirement Plan.

 

(ii)                                   Retirement Plan ” means the PACCAR Inc Retirement Plan, the PACCAR Inc Retirement Plan for Weekly Paid Salaried Employees in effect prior to June 1, 1989, or any other defined-benefit or defined-contribution plan (other than this Plan) maintained by PACCAR Inc or any of its Subsidiaries which covers a Member and which is intended primarily to provide retirement income to its members, as determined and designated by the Company.

 

(jj)                                   Rollover Contributions ” means any amounts contributed to the Plan by an Eligible Employee under Section 4.14.

 

(kk)                             Salary Deferrals ” means amounts paid to the Plan by the Company on a Member’s behalf pursuant to Section 4.1.

 

(ll)                                   Salary Deferral Account ” means the account to which a Member’s Salary Deferrals are credited, as further described in Section 7.1(b), and which is adjusted for any distributions and withdrawals by the Member.

 

(mm)                       Section 414(s) Compensation ” means any one of the following definitions of compensation received by an Employee from PACCAR Inc and any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof):

 

(1)                                   Compensation as defined in section 1.415-2(d) and (d)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations or any successor thereto;

 

8



 

(2)                                   Compensation as defined in Income Tax Regulation section 1.415-2(d)(10) or any successor thereto.

 

(3)                                   “Wages” within the meaning of section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation (in the course of such employer’s trade or business) for which such employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052, but determined without regard to any rules under section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2)).  (Generally, this option is wages as reflected on the taxable federal wages box of the Form W-2 of the Employee.)

 

(4)                                   “Wages” as defined in section 3401(a) of the IRC for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the IRC);

 

(5)                                   Any of the definitions of Section 414(s) Compensation set forth in Paragraphs (1), (2), (3) and (4) above, reduced by all of the following items (even if includable in gross income): reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits;

 

(6)                                   Any of the definitions of Section 414 (s) Compensation set forth in Paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) above, modified to include any elective contributions made by a member of the Affiliated Group on behalf of the Employee that are not includable in gross income under section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the IRC; or

 

(7)                                   Any reasonable definition of compensation that does not by design favor Highly Compensated Employees and that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirement set forth in section 1.414(s)-1T(d)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations or the successor thereto.

 

Any definition of Section 414(s) Compensation shall be used consistently to define the compensation of all Employees taken into account in satisfying the requirements of an applicable provision of this Plan for the relevant determination period.  Section 414(s) Compensation shall not include compensation paid to an Employee for a Plan Year in excess of $200,000 (as adjusted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to reflect increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B)).  For purposes of these limitations, if the Plan Year is less than 12 consecutive months, the limitation shall be prorated accordingly.

 

(nn)                           Subsidiary ” means any corporation which is a member of a “controlled group of corporations” (within the meaning of IRC section 1563(a), determined without regard to IRC sections 1563(a)(4) and 1563(e)(3)(C)) of which group PACCAR Inc is

 

9



 

also a member, while such a corporation.  “Subsidiary” also means, to the extent and for the purposes specified by the Company from time to time, any other corporation in which PACCAR Inc, or one or more of its Subsidiaries or affiliated corporations, has an ownership interest.

 

(oo)                           Top-Paid Group ” for any Plan Year means the top 20 percent (in terms of Total Compensation) of all Employees of PACCAR Inc and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof) on a U.S. dollar payroll, excluding the following:

 

(1)                                   Any Employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement except to the extent otherwise provided under Income Tax Regulation 1.414(q)-1T;

 

(2)                                   Any Employee who has not completed six-month Period of Service at the end of the Plan Year;

 

(3)                                   Any Employee who normally works less than 17½ hours per week;

 

(4)                                   Any Employee who normally works no more than six months during any year; and

 

(5)                                   Any Employee who has not attained the age of 21 at the end of the Plan Year.

 

(pp)                           Total Compensation ” means “wages” as defined in section 3401(a) of the IRC for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, but determined:

 

(1)                                   Without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in “wages” based on the nature of location of the employment of the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the IRC); and

 

(2)                                   By including amounts deferred but not refunded under a cafeteria plan, as such term is defined in section 125(c) of the IRC and under a plan, including this Plan, qualified under section 401(k) of the IRC, and amounts excludable from a Member’s gross income under section 132(f)(4) of the IRC.

 

(qq)                           Totally Disabled ” or “ Total Disability ” means, that because of injury or sickness the Member (1) has been paid long-term disability benefits for a period of at least 24 months under the PACCAR Inc Long-Term Disability Plan or any other long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and continues to be eligible for such benefits under such long-term disability plan, (2) is eligible to receive disability benefits under the federal Social Security program, or (3) has a life expectancy of 24 months or less which has been certified in writing by an attending physician and approved by the Company.

 

(rr)                                 Trust Agreement ” means the trust agreement or agreements entered into by the Company and a Trustee pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

10



 

(ss)                             Trust Fund ” means the assets of the Plan held in trust by a Trustee pursuant to a Trust Agreement.

 

(tt)                                 Trustee ” means the corporate Fiduciary or Fiduciaries appointed from time to time by the Company to hold the assets of the Plan in trust pursuant to a Trust Agreement.

 

(uu)                           USERRA ” means the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended.

 

(vv)                           Valuation Date ” means each business day.

 

Certain other defined terms used in particular provisions of the Plan are defined where used.

 

2.2                                  Construction

 

Any gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the other gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, unless the context otherwise requires.  Titles are for reference only.  In the event of a conflict between a title and the text of the Plan, the text of the Plan shall control.  In the event of a conflict between the text of the Plan and any summary, description or other information regarding the Plan, the text of the Plan shall control.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

ELIGIBILITY AND MEMBERSHIP

 

3.1                                  Commencement of Membership

 

Only an Eligible Employee may become a Member of the Plan.  Any other individual is excluded from becoming a Member until such time as he becomes an Eligible Employee.  An Eligible Employee may elect to become a Member as soon as reasonably practicable as of or after the date he has completed a 30-day Period of Service, provided that he is then an Eligible Employee.  An Eligible Employee who does not elect to become a Member when he is first eligible to do so may elect to become such a Member at any time thereafter.

 

3.2                                  Enrollment Procedures

 

An Eligible Employee who wishes to become a Member shall apply for membership in such manner as specified under the Company’s written procedures.  In filing an application for membership, an Eligible Employee shall agree to abide by the terms and conditions of the Plan and to provide such elections, designations or other information as the Company deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.  An application to become a Member shall be implemented as soon as reasonably practicable after its receipt by the Company.

 

11



 

3.3                                  Termination of Membership

 

An Eligible Employee, having become a Member, shall cease to be such a Member upon the termination of his employment as an Eligible Employee (although he will continue as a Restricted Member until the earlier of (a) his death or (b) the full distribution of any Benefit to which he is entitled under the Plan).

 

3.4                                  Restricted Membership

 

(a)                                   Status as Restricted Member

 

As long as any portion of the Benefit to which a Member is entitled under the Plan has not been distributed, such Member (while living) shall have the status of a Restricted Member for any period with respect to which:

 

(1)                                   The Member is contributing no Salary Deferrals under the Plan, whether as a result of a suspension of contributions pursuant to Section 4.4, as a result of a determination by the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, because the Member is receiving no Compensation, or for other reasons;

 

(2)                                   The Member fails to qualify as an Eligible Employee, whether by reason of a change in employment status, a transfer to a Subsidiary which does not participate in the Plan, or for other reasons, but remains an Employee; or

 

(3)                                   Employment as an Employee has terminated but the distribution of any Benefit to which the Member is entitled has not been completed.

 

An Employee (while living) shall also have the status of a Restricted Member if he is not a Member for all purposes of the Plan but has made a Rollover Contribution and such Contribution has not been fully distributed.

 

(b)                                  Effect of Restricted Membership

 

The following rules shall apply to Restricted Members and their Accounts with respect to periods during which they are Restricted Members:

 

(1)                                   Except as provided in Section 5.2, no Company Contributions shall be credited to a Restricted Member’s Company Contributions Account; and

 

(2)                                   No Salary Deferrals shall be contributed to a Restricted Member’s Salary Deferral Accounts.

 

12



 

ARTICLE 4

 

SALARY DEFERRALS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

4.1            Amount of Salary Deferrals

 

Salary Deferrals are required of all Members other than Restricted Members.  Subject to Section 4.15 and the limitations of this Article 4 and Article 15, any such Member may elect to contribute Salary Deferrals equal to any whole percentage of his Compensation received each pay period after becoming a Member, but not in excess of 35 percent of such Compensation.  Salary Deferrals are not permitted to be made by a Member for any payday on which such Member is not an Eligible Employee.

 

The amount of a Member’s Salary Deferrals shall be withheld by the Company from his Compensation on each payday.  All Salary Deferrals so withheld shall be paid by the Company to the Trustee as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than the 15th day of the month next following the month in which they would otherwise have been payable to the Member in cash.  Salary Deferrals shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

 

For Federal income tax purposes (and, wherever permitted, for state and local tax purposes), Salary Deferrals shall be deemed to be employer contributions to the Plan, and a Member’s election to commence or continue his membership in the Plan shall constitute an election to have his taxable compensation reduced by the amount of all of his Salary Deferrals.

 

On or after February 1, 1983, no Member shall make any Member Contributions to the Plan.  However, Member Contributions made before February 1, 1983, shall remain credited to the Member’s Employee Accounts until they are withdrawn or distributed pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

 

4.2            Involuntary Reduction of Salary Deferral Rate

 

At any time prior to or during a Plan Year, the Company (at its sole discretion) may reduce the maximum rate at which any Member may contribute Salary Deferrals to the Plan for such Plan Year or during the remainder of such Plan Year, or the Company may require that any Member discontinue all Salary Deferrals for the remainder of such Plan Year, for the purpose of meeting the special nondiscrimination rules under the IRC.  Any reduction or discontinuance of Salary Deferrals may be applied selectively to individual Members or to particular classes of Members, as the Company may determine.  In addition to requiring a prospective reduction or discontinuance of Salary Deferrals, the Company may distribute to any Member such portion of the Salary Deferrals that he already contributed for a Plan Year as it determines is necessary to meet the special nondiscrimination rules under the IRC for such year, as provided in Sections 4.5, 4.9 and 15.3 below.

 

4.3            Voluntary Change of Salary Deferral Rate

 

A Member may elect at any time to change the rate of his Salary Deferrals prospectively to any other percentage permitted under this Article 4.  Any election pursuant to this

 

13



 

Section 4.3 shall be made in accordance with the Company’s written procedures applicable at the time of the election.

 

4.4            Voluntary Suspension of Salary Deferrals

 

A Member may elect to suspend all Salary Deferrals at any time, thereby becoming a Restricted Member pursuant to Section 3.4.  Any such election shall be made in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.  Any election to resume Salary Deferrals shall become effective as soon as reasonably practical after it is received by the Company, but in no event earlier than a) 180 days after the effective date of the election to suspend Salary Deferrals or b) effective January 1, 2007, 90 days after the effective date of the election to suspend Salary Deferrals.

 

When a Member resumes Salary Deferrals following such suspension, he may make new elections under this Article 4 regarding the amount and allocation thereof; provided, however, that if he does not make such new elections, his previous elections shall be applicable.

 

4.5            Return of Excess Deferrals

 

Subject to Section 4.15, the aggregate Salary Deferrals of any Member for any calendar year, together with his or her elective deferrals under any other plan or arrangement to which section 402(g) of the IRC applies and that is maintained by PACCAR Inc or any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof), shall not exceed $15,000 (or such larger amount as may be adopted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to reflect a cost-of-living adjustment).  In the event that such aggregate Salary Deferrals and elective deferrals of any Member for any calendar year exceed $15,000 (or such larger amount as may be adopted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to reflect a cost-of-living adjustment), then such portion of the Excess Deferrals, and any income or loss allocable to such portion, shall be refunded to the Member not later than the April 15 next following the close of such calendar year.

 

In the event that a Member’s elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the IRC) for a calendar year exceed $15,000 (or such larger amount as may be adopted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to reflect a cost-of-living adjustment) solely because such Member participated in this Plan and a plan or arrangement maintained by an employer other than PACCAR Inc or any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof), then such Member may designate all or a portion of such Excess Deferrals as attributable to this Plan and may request a refund of such portion by notifying the Company in writing on or before the March 1 next following the close of such calendar year.  If timely notice is received, then such a Member’s Excess Deferrals, and any income or loss allocable thereto, shall be refunded to the Member from this Plan no later than the April 15 next following the close of such calendar year.

 

Income (and loss) allocable to Excess Deferrals for the calendar year, but not for the period between the end of the calendar year and the date of distribution of such Excess Deferrals, shall be determined pursuant to the provisions for allocating income (and loss) to a Participant’s Accounts under Section 7.2 of the Plan.

 

14



 

4.6            Average Deferral Percentage Limitation

 

The Plan shall satisfy the average deferral percentage test provided in section 401(k)(3) of the IRC and section 1.401(k)-1 of the Income Tax Regulations issued thereunder.  Subject to the special rules described in Section 4.11, the Aggregate 401(k) Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees shall not exceed the limits described below:

 

(a)            An Actual Deferral Percentage shall be determined for each Highly Compensated Employee who, at any time during the Plan Year, is a member (including a suspended Member) or is eligible to participate in the Plan, which Actual Deferral Percentage shall be the ratio, computed to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Highly Compensated Employee’s Aggregate 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year to the Highly Compensated Employee’s Section 414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year;

 

(b)            An Actual Deferral Percentage shall be determined for each Nonhighly Compensated Employee who, at any time during the Plan Year, is a Member (including a suspended Member) or is eligible to participate in the Plan, which Actual Deferral Percentage shall be the ratio, computed to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Aggregate 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Section 414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year;

 

(c)            The Actual Deferral Percentages (including zero percentages) of Highly Compensated Employees and Nonhighly Compensated Employees shall be separately averaged to determine each group’s Average Deferral Percentage; and

 

(d)            The Aggregate 401(k) Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees shall constitute Excess Contributions and shall be reduced, pursuant to Sections 4.8 and 4.9, to the extent that the Average Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the greater of (1) 125 percent of the Average Deferral Percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees or (2) the lesser of (A) 200 percent of the Average Deferral Percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees or (B) the Average Deferral Percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees plus two percentage points.

 

4.7            Determination of Maximum Actual Deferral Percentage and Dollar Amount of Excess Contributions

 

The maximum Actual Deferral Percentage shall be determined by use of a leveling process, whereby the Aggregate 401(k) Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Deferral Percentage are reduced to the extent required to (a) eliminate all Excess Contributions or (b) cause such Highly Compensated Employee’s Actual Deferral Percentage  to equal the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next-highest Actual Deferral Percentage.  Such leveling process shall be repeated until the average deferral percentage test is satisfied.

 

15



 

With regard to each Highly Compensated Employee whose Actual Deferral Percentage is in excess of the maximum permitted Actual Deferral Percentage, a dollar amount of Excess Contributions shall then be determined by subtracting the product of the maximum permitted Actual Deferral Percentage and the Highly Compensated Employee’s Section 414(s) Compensation from the Highly Compensated Employee’s Aggregate 401(k) Contributions.  The amounts shall then be aggregated to determine the total dollar amount of Excess Contributions.

 

4.8            Allocation of Excess Contributions to Highly Compensated Employees

 

Any Excess Contributions for a Plan Year shall be allocated to Highly Compensated Employees by use of a leveling process, whereby the Aggregate 401(k) Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest dollar amount of Aggregate 401(k) Contributions are reduced to the extent required to (a) eliminate all Excess Contributions or (b) cause such Highly Compensated Employee’s Aggregate 401(k) Contributions to equal the Aggregate 401(k) Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next-highest Aggregate 401(k) Contributions.  Such leveling process shall be repeated until all Excess Contributions for such Plan Year are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees.

 

4.9            Distribution of Excess Contributions

 

Excess Contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.8, together with any income or loss allocable to such Excess Contributions, shall be distributed to such Highly Compensated Employees not later than the March 15 next following the close of such Plan Year, if possible, and in any event no later than 12 months following the close of such Plan Year.  Any Salary Deferrals distributed pursuant to this Section 4.9 shall not be included in the Salary Deferrals that attract a Company Contribution under Section 5.2.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent Excess Contributions allocated to a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.8 could otherwise constitute Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals pursuant to Section 4.15, such Excess Contributions shall be recharacterized as Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals for the Plan Year rather than be distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee as described above.

 

4.10          Qualified Company Contributions

 

The Company, in its sole discretion, may include all or a portion of the Company Contributions for a Plan Year in Aggregate 401(k) Contributions taken into account in applying the Average Deferral Percentage limitation described in Section 4.6 for such Plan Year, provided that the requirements of section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) of the Income Tax Regulations are satisfied.

 

4.11          Special Rules

 

The following special rules shall apply for purposes of this Article 4:

 

(a)            The amount of Excess Deferrals to be distributed to a Member for a calendar year pursuant to Section 4.5 shall be reduced by the amount of any Excess Contributions

 

16



 

previously distributed to such Member for the Plan Year ending within such calendar year;

 

(b)            The amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed to a Member for a Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.8 shall be reduced by the amount of any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to such Member for the calendar year ending with such Plan Year;

 

(c)            For purposes of applying the limitation described in Section 4.6, the Actual Deferral Percentage of any Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to make Salary Deferrals and to make elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the IRC) under any other plans, contracts or arrangements maintained by PACCAR Inc or any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof) shall be determined as if all such Salary Deferrals and elective deferrals were made under a single arrangement (other than those plans that may not be permissively aggregated); provided, however, that if such plans have different plan years, the plans are aggregated with respect to contributions made within this Plan’s Plan Year only;

 

(d)            In the event that this Plan is aggregated with one or more other plans in order to satisfy the requirements of IRC section 401(a)(4), 401(k) or 410(b), then all such aggregated plans, including the Plan, shall be treated as a single plan for all purposes under all such IRC sections (except for purposes of the average benefit percentage provisions of IRC section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii));

 

(e)            In the event that the mandatory disaggregation rules of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(b) apply to the Plan, or to the Plan and other plans with which it is aggregated as described in Subsection (d) above, then the limitation described in Section 4.6 shall be applied as if each mandatorily disaggregated portion of the Plan (or aggregated plans) were a single arrangement

 

(f)             Provided this limit is applied uniformly in determining the Average Deferral Percentage limitation for the Plan Year, the Company may limit Section 414(s) Compensation to the amount of such compensation paid to the Eligible Employee during the portion of the Plan Year that such Member was an Eligible Employee;

 

(g)            If the Plan permits participation in the 401(k) portion of the Plan prior to an Eligible Employee’s satisfaction of the minimum age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the IRC and if section 410(b)(4)(B) of the IRC is applied in determining whether the 401(k) portion of the Plan meets the requirements of section 410(b) of the IRC, then for purposes of performing the average deferral percentage test, the test may be performed separately with regard to Eligible Employees who have not met the minimum age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the IRC or, alternatively, Eligible Employees who have not met the minimum age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the IRC may instead be excluded in the determination of the Average Deferral Percentage for Nonhighly Compensated Employees, but not in the determination of the Average Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees; and

 

17



 

(h)            Income (and loss) allocable to Excess Contributions for the Plan Year shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(C), and shall be determined for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution of such Excess Contributions in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D).

 

4.12          Allocation of Salary Deferrals

 

A Member shall elect to allocate his Salary Deferrals among the Investment Options designated by the Company.  Each Eligible Employee shall elect, when he enrolls in the Plan, to allocate Salary Deferrals to one or more Investment Options in any whole percentage increment.  A Member who is an Employee may elect to change the relative amounts of future Salary Deferrals being allocated to one or more Investment Options in any whole percentage increment.

 

4.13          Diversification of Salary Deferral Account or Employee Account

 

Any Member may elect to transfer any whole percentage of the amount of the Member’s Salary Deferral Account or Employee Account then invested in one Investment Option to another Investment Option as permitted by the Company’s written procedures.

 

An election under this Section 4.13 may be made at any time to be effective as soon as reasonably practicable after it is received by the Company.  Any election under this Section 4.13 shall be made in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.

 

4.14          Rollover Contributions

 

With the Company’s prior written approval, any Eligible Employee may make one or more Rollover Contributions to the Plan.  An Eligible Employee who makes a Rollover Contribution at a time when he or she is not a Member for other purposes shall become a Restricted Member.  A Rollover Contribution shall be permitted only if it meets all of the following conditions:

 

(a)            The contribution must be made entirely in the form of U.S. dollars;

 

(b)            The Eligible Employee must demonstrate to the Company’s satisfaction that the contribution is attributable to the Eligible Employee’s participation (or the participation of the Eligible Employee’s deceased spouse, or the participation of the Eligible Employee’s former spouse and the Eligible Employee is an alternate payee as to such former spouse under such other plan pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order under section 414(p) of the IRC) in another employer’s retirement plan, or in an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or 408(b) of the IRC, and that the contribution qualifies as a rollover distribution from a plan that meets the requirements of section 401(a) or 403(a) of the IRC, an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the IRC, an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the IRC which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, or an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or 408(b) of the IRC; and

 

18



 

(c)            The contribution is not attributable to employee after-tax contributions.

 

A Rollover Contribution shall be paid to the Company in a lump sum in cash.  Each approved Rollover Contribution shall be transferred to the Trustee as soon as reasonably practicable after it was paid to the Company.  The Rollover Contribution shall be allocated among one or more Investment Options in any whole percentage increment as the Member may elect.  Such election shall be made in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.

 

4.15          Age 50 Catch-Up Rules

 

Eligible Members (as defined in Section 4.15(a) below) may make additional Salary Deferrals (“Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals”) up to the amounts specified in Section 4.15(b) below.

 

(a)            For purposes of this Section 4.15, “Eligible Member” means a Member who meets the following requirements:

 

(1)            The Member has attained the age of 50 before the close of the Plan Year.

 

(2)            The Member may make no other Salary Deferrals due to the limit described in Section 4.5 or the limits imposed under Section 4.1 or Section 15.

 

(b)            The maximum amount of Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals an Eligible Member may make during a Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

 

(1)            the Age 50 Catch-Up Amount; or

 

(2)            the excess, if any, of (i) the Eligible Member’s Compensation for the Plan Year, over (ii) any other Salary Deferrals made on behalf of the Eligible Member for such Plan Year without regard to this Section 4.15.

 

(c)            The “Age 50 Catch-Up Amount” for each Plan Year shall be the amount set forth in section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) of the IRC.  For Plan Years beginning after 2006, the Age 50 Catch-Up Amount specified in this Section 4.15(c) shall be adjusted as provided in section 414(v)(2)(C) of the IRC.

 

Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals made pursuant to this Section 4.15 shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the limitations of section 402(g) and section 415 of the IRC.  The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416 of the IRC by reason of such Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals.

 

19



 

ARTICLE 5

 

COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1            Amount of Company Contributions

 

The Company shall make one or more Company Contributions during each Plan Year with respect to Members’ Salary Deferrals (other than Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals).  Company Contributions initially may be paid to a suspense account maintained by the Trustee as part of the Plan.  The aggregate amount of Company Contributions for each Plan Year shall be equal to the sum of the amounts allocated for such Plan Year to Members pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

5.2            Allocation of Company Contributions

 

Company Contributions, determined under Section 5.1, shall be allocated as of the last day of each Plan Year to the Company Contributions Account of each Member who has completed a 12-month Period of Service on or before the last day of such Plan Year and who is an Employee on such date or who terminated employment during such Plan Year due to:

 

(a)            Death;

 

(b)            Total Disability;

 

(c)            Entry into the armed forces of the United States;

 

(d)            Layoff;

 

(e)            Retirement (as defined in Section 2.1(hh)); or

 

(f)             The Company’s decision to relocate the Member’s spouse who is also an Employee of the Company, if the Member relocates with the spouse and is not offered a job with the Company at the new location,

 

if the Member defers distribution of his Plan Benefit to a date later than the last day of the Plan Year in which he separates from service.

 

The allocation shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 100 percent of the aggregate Salary Deferrals (other than Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals) made by him during the Plan Year, not including Salary Deferrals returned to the Member pursuant to Sections 4.5, 4.9 or 15.3, or (2) five percent of Compensation received during the portion of the Plan Year that the individual is an Eligible Employee, a Member (including a Restricted Member) and has completed a 12-month Period of Service (in the current or a prior Plan Year).  Company Contributions shall be allocated in the form of PACCAR Stock which shall be valued for allocation purposes on the basis of the average price per share of all shares of PACCAR Stock paid to the Plan as part of the Company Contributions and acquired with suspense-account funds during the Plan Year pursuant to Section 5.1.

 

20



 

5.3            Average Contribution Percentage Limitation

 

The Plan shall satisfy the average contribution percentage test provided in section 401(m)(2) of the IRC and section 1.401(m)-1 of the regulations issued thereunder.  Subject to the special rules described in Section 5.8, the Aggregate 401(m) Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees shall not exceed the limits described below:

 

(a)            An Actual Contribution Percentage shall be determined for each Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to receive an allocation of Company Contributions under Section 5.2 (assuming, for this purpose, that Salary Deferrals have been allocated to such individual’s Accounts), which Actual Contribution Percentage shall be the ratio, computed to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Highly Compensated Employee’s Aggregate 401(m) Contributions for the Plan Year to the Highly Compensated Employee’s Section 414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year;

 

(b)            An Actual Contribution Percentage shall be determined for each Nonhighly Compensated Employee who, at any time during the Plan Year, is a Member (including a suspended Member) or is eligible to participate in the Plan, which Actual Contribution Percentage shall be the ratio, computed to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Aggregate 401(m) Contributions for the Plan Year to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Section 414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year;

 

(c)            The Actual Contribution Percentages (including zero percentages) of Highly Compensated Employees and Nonhighly Compensated Employees shall be separately averaged to determine each group’s Average Contribution Percentage; and

 

(d)            The Aggregate 401(m) Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees shall constitute Excess Aggregate Contributions and shall be reduced, pursuant to Sections 5.5 and 5.6, to the extent that the Average Contribution Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the greater of (1) 125 percent of the Average Contribution Percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees or (2) the lesser of (A) 200 percent of the Average Contribution Percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees or (B) the Average Contribution Percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees plus two percentage points.

 

5.4            Determination of Maximum Actual Contribution Percentage and Dollar Amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions

 

The maximum Actual Contribution Percentage shall be determined by use of a leveling process, whereby the Aggregate 401(m) Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Contribution Percentage are reduced to the extent required to (a) eliminate all Excess Aggregate Contributions or (b) cause such Highly Compensated Employee’s Actual Contribution Percentage to equal the Actual Contribution Percentage  of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next-highest Actual Contribution Percentage.  Such leveling process shall be repeated until the average contribution percentage test is satisfied.

 

21



 

With regard to each Highly Compensated Employee whose Actual Contribution Percentage is in excess of the maximum permitted Actual Contribution Percentage, a dollar amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall then be determined by subtracting the product of the maximum permitted Actual Contribution Percentage and the Highly Compensated Employee’s Section 414(s) Compensation from the Highly Compensated Employee’s Aggregate 401(m) Contributions.  The amounts shall then be aggregated to determine the total dollar amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions.

 

5.5            Allocation of Excess Aggregate Contributions to Highly Compensated Employees

 

Any Excess Aggregate Contributions for a Plan Year shall be allocated to Highly Compensated Employees by use of a leveling process, whereby the Aggregate 401(m) Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Aggregate 401(m) Contributions are reduced to the extent required to (a) eliminate all Excess Aggregate Contributions or (b) cause such Highly Compensated Employee’s Aggregate 401(m) Contributions to equal the Aggregate 401(m) Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next-highest Aggregate 401(m) Contributions.  Such leveling process shall be repeated until all Excess Aggregate Contributions for such Plan Year are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees.

 

5.6            Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions

 

Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 5.5, together with any income or loss allocable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions, shall be distributed to such Highly Compensated Employees not later than the March 15 next following the close of such Plan Year, if possible, and in any event no later than 12 months following the close of such Plan Year.

 

5.7            Use of Salary Deferrals

 

The Company, in its sole discretion, may include all or a portion of the Salary Deferrals (other than Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals) for a Plan Year in Aggregate 401(m) Contributions taken into account in applying the Average Contribution Percentage limitation described in Section 5.3 for such Plan Year, provided that the requirements of section 1.401(m)-2(b)(6) of the Income Tax Regulations are satisfied.

 

5.8            Special Rules

 

The following special rules shall apply for purposes of this Article 5:

 

(a)                                   For purposes of applying the limitation described in Section 5.3, the Actual Contribution Percentage of any Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan and to make employee contributions or receive an allocation of matching contributions (within the meaning of section 401(m)(4)(A) of the IRC) under any other plans, contracts or arrangements maintained by PACCAR Inc or any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 2.1(nn) without regard to the last sentence thereof) shall be determined as if Company Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee’s Accounts and all such employee contributions and matching contributions were made under a single arrangement (other than those

 

22



 

plans that may not be permissively aggregated); provided, however, that if such plans have different plan years, the plans are aggregated with respect to contributions made within this Plan’s Plan Year only;

 

(b)            In the event that this Plan is aggregated with one or more other plans in order to satisfy the requirements of IRC section 401(a)(4), 401(m) or 410(b), then all such aggregated plans, including the Plan, shall be treated as a single plan for all purposes under all such IRC sections (except for purposes of the average benefit percentage provisions of IRC section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii));

 

(c)            In the event that the mandatory disaggregation rules of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-1(b) apply to the Plan, or to the Plan and other plans with which it is aggregated as described in Subsection (b) above, then the limitation described in Section 5.3 shall be applied as if each mandatorily disaggregated portion of the Plan (or aggregated plans) were a single arrangement;

 

(d)            Provided this limit is applied uniformly in determining the Actual Contribution Percentage limitation for the Plan Year, the Company may limit Section 414(s) Compensation to the amount of such compensation paid to the Eligible Employee during the portion of the Plan Year that such Member was an Eligible Employee; and

 

(e)            If the Plan permits participation in the 401(m) portion of the Plan prior to an Eligible Employee’s satisfaction of the minimum age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the IRC and if section 410(b)(4)(B) of the IRC is applied in determining whether the 401(m) portion of the Plan meets the requirements of section 410(b) of the IRC, then for purposes of performing the average contribution percentage test, the test may be performed separately with regard to Eligible Employees who have not met the minimum age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the IRC or, alternatively, Eligible Employees who have not met the minimum age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the IRC may instead be excluded in the determination of the Average Contribution Percentage for Nonhighly Compensated Employees, but not in the determination of the Average Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees; and

 

(f)             Income (and loss) allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iii)(C), and shall be determined for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution of such Excess Aggregate Contributions in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iii)(D).

 

23



 

5.9            Company Contributions Paid From Earnings and Profits; Other Limitations on Company Contributions

 

(a)            Company Contributions Paid From Earnings and Profits

 

Section 5.1 notwithstanding, Company Contributions, whether paid in cash or other property, shall be paid only out of the Current or Accumulated Earnings and Profits of any corporation participating in the Plan.

 

(b)            Suspension or Reduction of Company Contributions

 

Section 5.1 and (a) above notwithstanding, if for any fiscal year of PACCAR Inc it is determined that Earnings for such year are less than eight percent of the Capital Base, then Company Contributions may be suspended in whole or in part for a period of up to 12 months.  For purposes of this Subsection (b), “Earnings” for any fiscal year is defined as the sum of (1) total income before taxes of PACCAR Inc and consolidated subsidiaries and (2) interest expense on manufacturing long-term debt and Company Contributions to the Plan; and “Capital Base” means the sum of (1) stockholders’ equity and (2) manufacturing long-term debt of PACCAR Inc and consolidated subsidiaries (determined as of the end of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which Earnings are measured); in each case as such amounts are determined from the annual audited financial statements (or related supporting documentation) for PACCAR Inc and subsidiaries for such fiscal year.

 

(c)            Effect of Suspension or Reduction on Salary

 

If the Company suspends or reduces Company Contributions pursuant to this Section 5.9, it shall notify the Trustee and all Members.  Each Member shall then have the right, by giving notice to the Company on the prescribed form within the notice period prescribed by the Company, to suspend his Salary Deferrals for the period with respect to which Company Contributions are reduced or suspended.  A suspension under such circumstances and for such period shall not be treated as a voluntary suspension of Salary Deferrals under Section 4.4.  A Member may also continue to contribute Salary Deferrals to the Plan, notwithstanding a reduction or suspension of Company Contributions by reason of this Section 5.9.  Company Contributions made with respect to any Plan Year in a reduced amount shall be allocated to Members in proportion to their Salary Deferrals for such Plan Year.

 

(d)            Effect of Suspension or Reduction on Future Company Contributions

 

If the Company suspends or reduces Company Contributions to the Plan pursuant to this Section 5.9, the Company shall be under no obligation at any future date to make additional Company Contributions with respect to any period of suspended or reduced Company Contributions, whether or not any Members have elected to continue their Salary Deferrals during such period of suspension or reduction of Company Contributions.

 

24



 

5.10          Company Contributions in PACCAR Stock

 

The Company may elect to pay all or part of any Company Contribution in the form of PACCAR Stock.  For purposes of determining the amount of the Company’s deduction under section 404 of the IRC, shares of PACCAR Stock so contributed shall be valued at the last-transaction price quoted by the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers and reported by The Wall Street Journal with respect to the date on which such shares are paid to the Plan.

 

5.11          Diversification of Company Contributions Account

 

Each Member who (a) is age 50 or older and who has completed a Period of Service of five years or more; or (b) effective January 1, 2007, has completed three or more years of service (as defined below), may elect at any time to transfer any whole percentage of the amount of the Member’s Company Contributions Account then invested in one Investment Option (including the PACCAR Stock Fund) to another Investment Option (including the PACCAR Stock Fund) in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.  Any future Company Contributions allocated to such Member shall continue to be allocated to the Member’s Company Contributions Account in the form of PACCAR Stock.

 

Effective January 1, 2007, the Beneficiary of a deceased Member (whether or not the Member has completed three or more years of service) shall have the same investment rights as herein described.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.11, the date on which a Member completes three years of service is the third anniversary of the Member’s date of hire.

 

5.12          Return of Company Contributions

 

Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, each Company Contribution under Section 5.1 is expressly conditioned upon the deductibility of such contribution under Section 404 of the IRC.  If the deductibility of a Company Contribution is denied, then the amount for which a deduction is disallowed (reduced by any losses incurred with respect to such amount) shall be returned to the Company within 12 months after the date of the disallowance.  In addition, if all or part of a Company Contribution is attributable to a mistake of fact, then the excess of such Company Contribution over the amount which would have been contributed in the absence of the mistake of fact (reduced by any losses incurred with respect to such excess) shall be returned to the Company within 12 months after the date of such Company Contribution.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

THE TRUSTEE AND THE TRUST FUND

 

6.1            The Trustee and Investment Managers

 

The exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the Trust Fund shall be vested in the Trustee, except to the extent that the Trust Agreement provides that the Trustee is subject to the directions of the Company or an Investment Manager appointed by the

 

25



 

Company.  Accordingly, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Company shall enter into one or more Trust Agreements in such form and containing such provisions as the Company may deem appropriate, including (without limitation) constraints on the investment of the Trust Fund and the power and authority of the Trustee to amend the Trust Agreement or to terminate the trust.  All Salary Deferrals, Rollover Contributions and Company Contributions under the Plan shall be paid by the Company to the Trustee to be held, invested and distributed subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

 

The Company from time to time may appoint one or more Investment Managers with respect to all or any portion of the Trust Fund and may enter into an investment management agreement with any Investment Manager so appointed.  Each Investment Manager so appointed shall have the exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the assets of the Trust Fund assigned to him (it), except to the extent that the applicable investment management agreement provides that such Investment Manager is subject to the directions of the Company or a Trustee.

 

6.2            Investment Funds

 

The Trust Fund shall consist of the PACCAR Stock Fund and one or more Investment Options selected by the Company.  For purposes of investment, the Trustee may divide any part of the Trust Fund into one or more sub-funds.  The Trustee may physically segregate the assets of any sub-fund, invest the assets of such sub-fund separately, and account separately for the income, gains, expenses and losses of such sub-fund.

 

The “PACCAR Stock Fund” shall be invested in PACCAR Stock.  The PACCAR Stock Fund shall consist of all PACCAR Stock held by the Trustee, and all cash held by the Trustee which is derived from dividends on PACCAR Stock, Company Contributions to be invested in PACCAR Stock, Salary Deferrals by Members that are to be invested in PACCAR Stock, Member Contributions that are to be invested in PACCAR Stock, Rollover Contributions that are to be invested in PACCAR Stock, and proceeds from sales of PACCAR Stock (except while such cash may be otherwise invested as provided under the Trust Agreement).  All dividends on PACCAR Stock and all proceeds from the sale of PACCAR Stock shall be invested in the PACCAR Stock Fund, except as otherwise provided in the Plan.

 

6.3            Voting of PACCAR Stock

 

Trust Fund assets invested in PACCAR Stock may be registered in the name of the Trustee or any nominee; provided that the Trustee’s records evidence the interest of the Trust Fund therein.  Each Member shall be entitled to vote the whole number of shares of PACCAR Stock credited to him in his Company Contributions Account, Salary Deferral Account, and Employee Account as of the most recent practicable Valuation Date prior to the record date for each meeting of shareholders of PACCAR Inc.  Each Member, prior to such meeting, shall be furnished with the proxy statement for such meeting, together with a form to be sent to the Trustee on which may be set forth the Member’s instructions as to the manner of voting such shares of PACCAR Stock.  Upon receipt of such instructions (which the Trustee shall hold in confidence), the Trustee shall vote such shares in accordance therewith.  The

 

26



 

Trustee shall vote all shares of PACCAR Stock held by it upon any matter as to which no instructions were given by Members within such reasonable period of time prior to any shareholder meeting as may be specified by the Trustee, or which cannot be voted pursuant to Members’ instructions, in direct proportion to the shares of PACCAR Stock with respect to which it has received timely voting instructions by Members.

 

6.4            Other Instructions by Members

 

In the event that any person or group of persons makes a tender offer subject to section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to acquire all or part of the outstanding shares of PACCAR Stock, including the PACCAR Stock held in the Trust Fund (“Acquisition Offer”), each Member shall be entitled to direct the Trustee confidentially to tender all or part of those shares of PACCAR Stock that would then be subject to such Member’s voting instructions under Section 6.3.  If the Trustee receives an instruction by the date communicated by the Company to Members, the Trustee shall tender such shares in accordance with such instruction.  Any PACCAR Stock as to which the Trustee does not receive timely instructions shall not be tendered by the Trustee.  The Company shall distribute to each Member all appropriate materials pertaining to the Acquisition Offer, including the statement of the position of the Company with respect to such offer issued pursuant to Rule 14e-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as practicable after such materials are issued; provided, however, that if the Company fails to issue such statement within five business days after the commencement of such offer, the Company shall distribute such materials to each Member without the statement by the Company and shall separately distribute such statement as soon as practicable after it is issued.

 

6.5            Trust Fund Investment Losses:  Interest in Trust Fund

 

All payments of Benefits shall be made solely from the assets of the Trust Fund.  No Fiduciary guarantees the Trust Fund or any Company Contributions, Salary Deferrals, Rollover Contributions or Member Contributions in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value.  Except only as expressly provided by the Plan, and then only to the extent of his Benefit payable under the Plan from the assets of the Trust Fund, no person shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund.

 

6.6            ERISA 404(c) Requirements

 

The Plan is intended to comply with section 404(c) of ERISA with respect to Salary Deferral Accounts.  Accordingly, with respect to the investment of such Accounts, the Plan shall satisfy, among other requirements, Subsections (a), (b) and (c) below.

 

(a)            Choice of Broad Range of Investment Alternatives .  The Member shall be able to choose from at least three “core” investment alternatives.  Each core investment alternative shall be diversified, shall demonstrate materially different risk and return characteristics from each other core investment alternative and shall, when combined with other Investment Options, tend to minimize through diversification the overall risk of the Member’s portfolio.  In the aggregate, the three core investment alternatives shall constitute a broad range of alternatives such that, by choosing

 

27



 

among them, a Member may achieve a portfolio with risk and return characteristics at any point within the range normally appropriate to the Member’s portfolio.

 

(b)            Frequency of Investment Instructions .  The Member shall be able to give investment instructions to a person designated by the Company as an agent for this purpose.  The person shall be obligated to comply with the instructions of the Member, except as otherwise permitted by law.  The Member shall be able to give investment instructions for each investment alternative as frequently as is appropriate given the volatility of the investment, but no less frequently than once within every three-month period.

 

(c)            Provision of Sufficient Information to Member or Beneficiary .  The Member shall be provided information sufficient to make informed decisions regarding the Plan’s Investment Options.  Such information shall include:

 

(1)            An explanation that the Plan is intended to be in compliance with ERISA section 404(c) and that Plan fiduciaries may be relieved of liability for losses that arise from the Member’s investment choices;

 

(2)            A description of all Investment Options, including a general description of the investment objectives of each and the level of diversification in each;

 

(3)            An explanation that Members and Beneficiaries may review any prospectuses or similar materials made available to the Plan for each Investment Option;

 

(4)            The identification of any designated investment manager;

 

(5)            An explanation of the circumstances under which a Member may give investment instructions, together with any limitations on those instructions;

 

(6)            A description of any transaction fees, charges or expenses to a Member’s Account in connection with the purchase or sale of any Investment Option;

 

(7)            The name, address and telephone number of the Plan fiduciary responsible for providing information on request with a description of such information available upon request;

 

(8)            An explanation of the established procedures designed to provide for the confidentiality of information concerning the purchase, holding or sale of PACCAR Stock;

 

(9)            A copy of the most recent prospectus in the case of an initial purchase in an Investment Option subject to the Securities Act of 1933; and

 

(10)          Any materials provided to the Plan that relate to the exercise of voting, tender or similar rights passed through to Members and Beneficiaries.

 

Information that must be provided on request in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation 2550.404c-1(b)(2) includes certain information relating to financial

 

28



 

reports of Investment Options, operating expenses of the portfolio assets of the Investment Options, overall investment performance of the Investment Options and information relating to the shares of an investment in the requesting Members’ Account.  Additional information may be available upon request.

 

The Beneficiary of a Member shall have the same investment rights as herein described where such Beneficiary becomes entitled to a Member’s Salary Deferral Account under the Plan.

 

6.7            Expenses of Plan and Trust

 

The fees of the Trustee and any Investment Manager, and the expenses of administering the Trust Fund and the Plan, shall be paid by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement, except such expenses as are paid by the Company.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

ACCOUNTS AND VALUATIONS

 

7.1            Types of Accounts

 

The Company shall establish and maintain Accounts for each Member which reflect his interest in contributions made under the Plan and the investment experience thereof.  A Member’s interest in the Plan shall consist of one or more of the following Accounts:

 

(a)            Company Contributions Account

 

A Company Contributions Account, reflecting Company Contributions made on behalf of a Member with respect to periods after June 30, 1978 and earnings, losses and expenses attributable to such Company Contributions.

 

(b)            Salary Deferral Accounts

 

A Salary Deferral Account, reflecting Salary Deferrals (including Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals) and Rollover Contributions made by a Member to the Plan and earnings, losses and expenses attributable to such Salary Deferrals (including Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals) and Rollover Contributions.  A Salary Deferral Account may also include amounts transferred from a Prior Profit Sharing Account effective July 1, 1987, and earnings, losses and expenses attributable to such amounts.

 

(c)            Employee Accounts

 

An Employee Account, reflecting Member Contributions made by a Member to the Plan prior to February 1, 1983 and earnings, losses and expenses attributable to such Member Contributions.

 

Such separate Accounts are maintained for accounting purposes and shall not require a segregation of Trust Fund assets to each Account.

 

29



 

7.2            Valuation of Accounts

 

As of each Valuation Date, the Company shall determine the fair market value and balance of each Member’s Accounts, as provided in (a), (b), (c) and (d) below.  The Company may use any lawful procedure for determining the fair market value and balance of Accounts; provided that such procedure is consistent with this Section 7.2.

 

(a)            Valuation of Trust Fund

 

The Company shall ascertain from the Trustee the fair market value of the assets of each portion of the Trust Fund as of the valuation Date.  The fair market value of PACCAR Stock shall be the last-transaction price quoted by the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers and reported by The Wall Street Journal with respect to the Valuation Date.

 

(b)            Contributions Credited

 

The Company shall credit to each Member’s Company Contributions Account the amount of any Company Contributions allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year.  The Company shall credit to each Member’s Salary Deferral Accounts the amount of Salary Deferrals withheld, transfers from Company Contributions Accounts received and Rollover Contributions received in such calendar month.

 

30



 

(c)            Charges Against Accounts

 

The Company shall charge against each Member’s Company Contributions, Salary Deferral and Employee Accounts, as applicable, the amount of any transfers, withdrawals, loans and distributions of Benefits effected during the calendar month ending with the Valuation Date.

 

(d)            Allocation of Dividends

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Member may, in accordance with procedures established by the Company, elect to have any cash dividends paid on PACCAR Stock that is held in the Member’s Company Contributions Account, Salary Deferral Account or Employee Account, as applicable, paid directly to such Member in cash or allocated to the Member’s Account(s) and re-invested in PACCAR Stock.  In the absence of a proper election by the Member, any such cash dividend shall be allocated to the Member’s Account(s) and re-invested in PACCAR Stock.

 

7.3            Statements for Members

 

A statement for each Member shall be prepared and distributed to the Member annually or more frequently, as determined by the Company.  Such statement shall reflect the status (including the fair market value) of the Member’s Accounts and shall contain such other information as the Company may determine.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

AMOUNT AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

8.1            Vesting and Amount of Benefits

 

Each Member’s interest in his Accounts is 100 percent vested at all times.  In the case of a reemployed Member who previously incurred a forfeiture from his Company Contributions Account under the Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 1989, any such forfeiture may be restored to the Member’s Company Contributions Account if the Member satisfies the requirements of the Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 1989, concerning the repayment of prior forfeitures.  Benefits to which a Member is entitled are distributable to such Member or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, as further provided in this Article 8.  The amount distributable to the Member shall be determined as of the later of (a) the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately following the date of the Member’s termination of employment or (b) the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the distribution date elected by the Member under Section 8.2.

 

8.2            Normal Time of Distribution

 

Subject to Sections 8.3, 8.4 and 8.8, a Member’s Benefit shall be distributed to him on (or as soon as reasonably practicable after) the date that he has elected.  The distribution election shall be made in accordance with the Company’s written procedures, and where applicable,

 

31



 

such procedures shall require the consent (written, if necessary) of the Member to the distribution of his Benefit before he attains age 65.

 

8.3            Time of Distribution

 

A Member who is Totally Disabled may elect to receive his Plan Benefit in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.  In the case of a Member who is not Totally Disabled, the Benefit shall not be distributed before the later of the following dates:

 

(a)            The date when the Member ceases to be an Employee; or

 

(b)            The date when the Company receives the election.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 8.3 and subject to Section 8.4, a Member’s Benefit shall be paid or commenced by his Required Beginning Date.  If the Member fails to file a timely distribution election form, Section 8.7 shall apply and Section 8.12 (relating to unclaimed Benefits) may apply.

 

8.4            Special Rules Regarding Distribution

 

(a)            If a Member other than a five-percent owner (as defined in section 416 of the IRC and taking into account any modifications under section 401(a)(9) of the IRC) is still an Employee as of his Required Beginning Date, he may elect (in the manner specified under the Company’s written procedures) to defer payment or commencement of his Benefit to the date he ceases to be an Employee, in which case the Company shall pay or commence his Benefit as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, but not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he ceases to be an Employee.

 

(b)            All distributions under the Plan shall be made in accordance with the Income Tax Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC, including Income Tax Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 or its successor.  Such regulations are incorporated in the Plan by reference and shall override any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.  For purposes of Section 401(a)(9), life expectancy(ies) under this Plan shall not be recalculated.

 

8.5            Reemployment

 

In the event that a Member is reemployed and becomes a Member of the Plan prior to the distribution of his entire Benefit relating to his earlier period of employment, then (a) any election of a deferred distribution date under Section 8.2 shall be disregarded; (b) any installment payments in process shall be discontinued, and the undistributed portion of the Member’s Accounts which formerly had been in his PACCAR Stock Fund (if any) shall be retransferred to his PACCAR Stock Fund; and (c) the Member’s entire Benefit, including the Benefit relating to the period following his reemployment, shall be distributed in accordance with the latest distribution election form filed by the Member, after his reemployment, pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

32



 

8.6            Available Forms of Distribution

 

A Member whose employment as an Employee terminates may elect to have his Benefit distributed in one of the following forms:

 

(a)                                   A lump sum consisting of the whole shares of PACCAR Stock held in the Member’s Company Contributions Account, Salary Deferral Account and Employee Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding distribution of the Member’s Benefit, and cash equal to the balance of the Member’s Benefit; or

 

(b)            A lump sum consisting entirely of cash.

 

8.7            Election of a Form of Distribution

 

(a)            General Rule

 

A Member entitled to a Benefit shall elect a form of distribution under Section 8.6 in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.  Such election shall include such information as the Company may reasonably require and, if the distribution is to be made prior to the Member’s attainment of age 65, the election shall be made no more than 90 days prior to the distribution date elected by the Member.

 

(b)            Member Who Fails to Elect Payment Form

 

If a Member’s Benefit must be paid after he ceases to be an Employee on account of his Required Beginning Date, he shall elect a form of distribution under Section 8.6 for this Benefit.  If the Member fails to elect any form of distribution for such benefit before his Required Beginning Date, then such Benefit shall be distributed in the form of a lump sum consisting entirely of cash.

 

8.8            Small Benefits

 

Any other provision of this Article 8 notwithstanding, effective for distributions made on or after March 28, 2005, if the value of a Member’s entire Benefit equals $1,000 or less before the first payment of such Benefit is made, then the Benefit automatically shall be paid to such Member (or, in the case of his termination as a result of his death, to his Beneficiary) in a single lump sum in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the Member’s termination and without his consent.  The foregoing notwithstanding, (a) in the case of a Member who has made the election described in Section 5.2, the determination of whether the value of the Member’s entire Benefit equals $1,000 or less shall be made immediately following the last day of the Plan Year in which such Member terminated employment and (b) in the event of termination of a Member’s employment due to a Layoff, payment shall be made as soon as administratively practicable following the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the termination of employment occurred.  If the value of a benefit payable to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in section 414(p) of the IRC) (“QDRO”) is not more than $1,000 and payment of such benefit has not commenced, such benefit shall be paid automatically to such alternate payee in a single lump sum in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the QDRO is received by the Plan and without the alternate payee’s consent.

 

33



 

8.9            Survivors’ Benefits

 

(a)            Member Dies Before Benefit Distribution

 

This Subsection (b) shall apply in the event that a Member dies before his Benefit is distributed.  Such Member’s Benefit ordinarily shall be paid to his Beneficiary in the form of a single lump sum in cash, and the distribution ordinarily shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable after the Member’s death.  A Beneficiary may, however, make request to defer the distribution of the Benefit to which such Beneficiary is entitled.  However, the distribution shall in no event be made later than five years after the Member’s death.  A Beneficiary shall make the request to receive the Benefit to which such Beneficiary is entitled or to defer receipt in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.

 

(b)            Designating a Beneficiary

 

Upon commencement of membership, each Member shall name one or more persons as the Beneficiary who will receive any distribution payable under the Plan in the event of the Member’s death.  The designation shall be registered with the Company in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.  If the Member has not made an effective designation of a Beneficiary or if none of the named Beneficiaries is living when any distribution is to be made, then (1) the spouse of the deceased Member shall be the Beneficiary or (2) if the Member has no spouse living at the time of such distribution, then the living children of the deceased Member shall be the Beneficiaries in equal shares or (3) if the Member has neither spouse nor children living at the time of such payment, the estate of the Member shall be the Beneficiary.  The Member may change his designation of a Beneficiary from time to time in accordance with procedures established by the Company.  Any other provision of this Subsection (b) notwithstanding, in the case of a married Member, any designation of a person other than his spouse as Beneficiary shall be effective only if the spouse consents to the designation in writing and such written consent is witnessed by a notary public.

 

8.10          No Alienation of Benefits; Qualified Domestic Relations Order

 

No benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, prior to actually being received by the person entitled to such benefit under the terms of the Plan; and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to a benefit payable hereunder shall be void.  However, neither of the following shall constitute a violation of this Section 8.10:

 

(a)            The creation or recognition of a right in an alternate payee to any pension payable with respect to a Member pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in IRC Section 414(p)), as determined in accordance with procedures established by the Company, and the payment of benefits in accordance with the applicable requirements of such order; or

 

34



 

(b)            The Trustee’s compliance with instructions from the Company to reduce a Member’s benefit by amounts the Member is ordered or required to pay the Plan, where such order or requirement: (i) arises under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan, under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court on or after August 5, 1997 in an action brought in connection with a violation of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA or under a settlement entered into on or after August 5, 1997 with the Department of Labor asserting a violation of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA; and (ii) the judgment, order, decree or settlement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Member’s benefits provided under the Plan.

 

Pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, the Plan may distribute any benefit payable to an alternate payee in the form of a single lump sum in cash prior to the earliest date upon which the Member could receive his Benefit.  To the extent that a qualified domestic relations order creates, assigns, or recognizes the right of an alternate payee to any portion of the Benefit otherwise payable to or with respect to a Member, such portion shall not thereafter be taken into account in determining the Benefit payable to or with respect to that Member under the Plan.

 

8.11          Facility of Payment

 

Whenever, in the Company’s opinion, a person entitled to receive any distribution of a Benefit or installment thereof is under a legal disability or is physically or mentally incapacitated in any way so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the Company may direct the Trustee to make distribution to such person or to his legal representative or to a relative or friend of such person for his benefit; or the Company may direct the Trustee to apply the payment for the benefit of such person in such manner as the Company considers advisable.

 

8.12          Unclaimed Benefits

 

If any Benefit, or a portion thereof, becomes distributable under the Plan and the Company is unable to locate the Member or Beneficiary to whom the distribution is payable for three consecutive Plan Years, then the Member’s Accounts shall be closed after the third consecutive Plan Year during which such distribution is payable but the Member or Beneficiary cannot be found.  The amount of the unpaid Benefit shall be applied to reduce Company Contributions (unless mandatory provisions of applicable escheat laws require other application, in which case such Benefit shall be applied as such mandatory laws require), as determined by the Company.  If, however, the Member or Beneficiary subsequently makes a proper claim to the Company for any Benefit applied to reduce Company Contributions, then such Benefit (without income, gains or other adjustment) shall be restored to the Member’s Accounts from contributions made by the Company for this purpose, without regard to Current or Accumulated Earnings and Profits.  The Benefit shall thereafter be distributable in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

35



 

8.13          Payments Discharge Plan; Adverse Claims

 

Any payment or distribution made to any person in full compliance with the terms of the Plan shall fully discharge the Company, the Plan and any Trustee or insurance company making such payment from all adverse claims thereto respecting which prior written notice has not been given to any such entity making or directing the payment or distribution.  If the Company has received actual written notice of any adverse claim to any payment or distribution not yet made, the Company may suspend distribution and take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Plan or its Members and Beneficiaries, until the respective rights of all interested persons have been determined to the satisfaction of the Company.

 

8.14          Direct Rollovers

 

(a)            Direct Rollover Option

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Company, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

 

(b)            Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution

 

An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the IRC; the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities), except to the extent that such portion is directly rolled over to a qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the IRC which is a defined contribution plan and which agrees to separately account for the after-tax portion of the rolled over amount, or such portion is rolled over to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or 408(b) of the IRC; and a distribution which is made upon hardship of the Distributee.

 

(c)            Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan

 

An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the IRC; an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the IRC; an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the IRC; an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the IRC; an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the IRC maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, that agrees

 

36



 

to account separately for the Eligible Rollover Distribution; or a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) of the IRC that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution.  With respect to the portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is not includible in gross income (if it were paid to the Distributee), an “Eligible Retirement Plan” is limited to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or 408(b) of the IRC, or a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) of the Code that agrees to account separately for the portion which is includible in gross income and the portion which is not so includible.

 

(d)            Definition of Distributee

 

A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee.  In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

 

(e)            Definition of Direct Rollover

 

A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan directly to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

 

(f)             Waiver of Waiting Period

 

An Eligible Rollover Distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Income Tax Regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c) and section 402 (f) is given; provided that (1) the Company clearly informs the Member that the Member has the right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, the particular distribution option), and (2) the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

LOANS

 

9.1            Amount of Loans

 

A Member or Restricted Member who is an Employee, and an Employee who is not a Member but who is a Restricted Member as a result of making one or more Rollover Contributions to the Plan, may obtain a cash loan from his Employee and Salary Deferral Accounts; provided, however, that (a) he or she shall not be permitted to obtain a loan under the Plan if, at any time in the prior 12 months, he or she defaulted on a Plan loan (as determined by the Company), and (b) he or she shall not be permitted to obtain more than two new loans in any Plan Year.  The minimum amount of the loan shall be $1,000.  The maximum amount of the loan shall be subject to the limitations of Section 9.2.  All loan amounts not evenly divisible by $100 shall be rounded down to the nearest $100.

 

37



 

9.2            Aggregate Loan Limitation

 

No loan shall be granted under the Plan if it would cause the aggregate balance of all loans which a Member or Restricted Member thereafter has outstanding under this Plan or under any other qualified plan maintained by any PACCAR Inc or any of its Subsidiaries (determined without regard to the last sentence of Section 2.1(nn)) to exceed the least of the following:

 

(a)            $50,000, less the highest outstanding loan balance during the period of 12 consecutive months ending on the day before a new loan is made; or

 

(b)            One-half of the value of the Member’s or Restricted Member’s Accounts (or such lesser amount as may be required pursuant to Regulation 2550.408b-1(f) of the Department of Labor).

 

9.3            Terms of Loans

 

A loan to a Member or Restricted Member shall be made on such terms and conditions as the Company may determine, provided that the loan shall:

 

(a)            Be evidenced by a promissory note signed by the Member or Restricted Member and secured by one-half of the value of his Accounts (regardless of whether a particular Account provided funds for the loan under Section 9.1);

 

(b)            Bear interest at a fixed rate (determined by the Company) commensurate with the interest rates charged for similar loans by commercial lenders;

 

(c)            Provide for level amortization over its term with payments at monthly or more frequent intervals, as determined by the Company;

 

(d)            Provide for loan payments (1) to be withheld whenever possible through periodic payroll deductions from the Member’s or Restricted Member’s compensation from the Company or (2) to be paid by check or money order whenever payroll withholding is not possible;

 

(e)            Provide for repayment in full on or before the earlier of (1) the distribution date elected by the Member pursuant to Section 8.2 or (2) the date five years after the loan is made (or the date 15 years after the loan is made if the loan is used to acquire a dwelling which, within a reasonable period of time, is used as the principal residence of the Member);

 

(f)             Provide that a Member or Restricted Member may not receive any distribution from any of his Accounts under Article 8 until the loan obligation is repaid, except to the extent that all or any part of such distribution is used to repay the outstanding balance of the loan; and

 

(g)            Provide that a Member’s or Restricted Member’s Accounts shall not be applied to the satisfaction of the Member’s loan obligations before the Accounts become distributable under Article 8, unless the Company determines that the loan

 

38



 

obligations are in default and takes such actions as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to cause the Plan to realize on its security for the loan.  Such actions may include (without limitation) an involuntary withdrawal from the Member’s Accounts, first to the extent permitted under Section 10.1 and second from other amounts credited to the Member’s Accounts; provided that (1) such an involuntary withdrawal attributable to Company Contributions made with respect to those Plan Years that ended less than 24 months prior to the date of the withdrawal (adjusted to reflect any earnings, appreciation or losses attributable to such Company Contributions) and from amounts credited to Salary Deferral Accounts shall be permitted only to the extent that the hardship requirements of section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the IRC and of sections 1.401 (k) -1 (d)(2)(ii) and 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(A) of the Income Tax Regulations are met, and (2) no such involuntary withdrawal shall be made from net unwithdrawn investment income credited to a Member’s Salary Deferral Accounts except to the extent of such net unwithdrawn investment income credited as of the last Valuation Date in the 1988 Plan Year.  If an involuntary withdrawal occurs, the Member shall not be permitted to obtain a loan under the Plan for a period of 12 months, commencing as of the last day of the payroll period in which the involuntary withdrawal occurs.  The consent of the Member’s spouse shall not be required at the time of any action taken by the Company under this Subsection (g).

 

9.4            Company Consent

 

The Company, based on the criteria set forth in this Article 9, may withhold its consent to any loan or may consent only to the borrowing of a part of the amount requested by the Member.  The Company shall act upon requests for loans in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, consistent with the requirements of section 401(a), section 401(k), section 4975 and related provisions of the IRC.

 

9.5            Source of Loans

 

If a Member requests and is granted a loan, the amount of the loan shall be disbursed from the Trust Fund.  The promissory note executed by the Member shall be held by the Trustee or by the Company as agent of the Trustee and the promissory note shall be treated as an investment of the Trust Fund.

 

9.6            Disbursement of Loans

 

A Member may request a loan in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.  A loan shall be disbursed as soon as reasonably practicable after the date on which the Company receives the prescribed loan request (subject to the Company’s consent).

 

9.7            Valuation Date

 

For purposes of this Article 9, the value of a Member’s Accounts shall be determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the Company receives the prescribed loan request.

 

39



 

9.8            Loan Fees

 

A Member who obtains a loan under this Article 9 shall be required to pay such fees as the Company may impose in order to defray the cost of administering loans from the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

10.1          Regular Withdrawals

 

Any Member who is an Employee may withdraw any amount not in excess of the sum of the following:

 

(a)            The previously unwithdrawn value of the Member’s Employee Accounts as of the last Valuation Date in the 1988 Plan Year; and

 

(b)            The previously unwithdrawn shares of PACCAR Stock allocated to the Member’s Company Contributions Account as of the last Valuation Date in the 1988 Plan Year.

 

10.2          Source of Withdrawals

 

Withdrawals shall be paid from the available sources in the following sequence, as necessary, until the full amount has been satisfied:

 

(a)            First, from the Member’s Member Contributions which were not previously withdrawn;

 

(b)            Second, from other amounts credited to the Member’s Employee Accounts (to the extent that the balance in the Member’s Employee Accounts exceeds his unwithdrawn Member Contributions and to the extent that such amounts are  available under Section 10.1(a)); and

 

(c)            Last, from the Member’s Company Contributions Account (to the extent that the Company Contributions Account is available under Section 10.1(b)).

 

Subject to the preceding sentence and such other written ordering rules as the Company may adopt, the withdrawal from a Member’s Member Account shall be taken from the Investment Options in which such Account is invested on a pro rata basis.

 

10.3          Application for Withdrawals: Time and Form of Distribution

 

A Member who wishes to make any withdrawal under this Article 10 shall request a withdrawal in accordance with the Company’s written procedures.  The withdrawal distribution shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such request by the Company.  Withdrawal distributions shall be made only in cash.  The amount available for withdrawal (including the value of any PACCAR Stock to be converted to cash) shall be

 

40



 

determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date on which the Company receives the withdrawal request form.

 

10.4          Limitations on Withdrawals

 

The total value of any withdrawal distribution shall not be less than $500, unless the aggregate amount available for withdrawal is less than $500, in which event only such aggregate amount may be withdrawn.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

SALE OF STOCK TO TRUSTEE

 

A Member or his Beneficiary may offer to sell to the Trustee any shares of PACCAR Stock distributed from the Member’s Company Contributions Account, Salary Deferral Account, or Employee Account as a Benefit under Article 8.  Any such offer shall be made in writing on the prescribed form.  To the extent that the Trustee has cash available for investment in PACCAR Stock, it may purchase pursuant to the Trust Agreement any shares of PACCAR Stock so offered at the last-transaction price quoted by the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers and reported by The Wall Street Journal with respect to the trading day on which such offer was received by the Trustee at the address prescribed by it for this purpose.  No commission shall be paid in connection with any such purchase.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

12.1          Company as Plan Administrator

 

The Company is the named Fiduciary which has the discretionary authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, and it is the “administrator” of the Plan (as such term is used in ERISA).  The Company shall make such regulations, rules, interpretations, procedures and computations, and shall take such other action to administer the Plan, as it may deem appropriate.  Any regulations, rules and interpretations adopted by the Company shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.  Any regulations, rules and procedures of general application established by the Company for the administration or operation of the Plan shall be consistent with any applicable requirements of ERISA and the IRC.  In administering the Plan, the Company shall act in a nondiscriminatory manner to the extent required by section 401(a) and related provisions of the IRC and shall at all times discharge its duties with respect to the Plan in accordance with the standards set forth in section 404(a)(1) of ERISA.

 

12.2          Carrying out Fiduciary Duties

 

Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan, and any Fiduciary may employ one or more persons to render advice with regard to such Fiduciary’s responsibilities under the Plan.

 

41



 

The Company may designate, by written instrument signed by both parties, one or more persons to carry out the Company’s Fiduciary responsibilities (other than Trustee responsibilities) under the Plan.  The Company’s duties and responsibilities as administrator and sponsor of the Plan which have not been delegated to others pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be carried out by its directors, officers and employees.  Such directors, officers and employees shall act on behalf and in the name of the Company in their respective capacities as directors, officers and employees and not as individual Fiduciaries.

 

12.3          Appointment of Public Accountant

 

The Company shall engage an independent qualified public accountant to conduct such examinations and to express such opinions as may be required by section 103(a)(3) of ERISA.  The Company in its discretion may remove and discharge the person so engaged, but in such case it shall appoint a successor independent qualified public accountant to perform such examinations and to express such opinions.

 

12.4          Reliance on Plan Records; Member’s Duty to Notify

 

In connection with the Company’s administration of the Plan, it is the responsibility of any person having rights under the Plan to notify the Company in writing of the current status of any matters affecting such rights, including (without limitation) the designation of Beneficiaries, the exercise of elections, facts relevant to employment and marital status, and the correct address to which matters affecting such person shall be mailed or delivered.  The Company may rely solely on the records of the Plan, as modified by any such written notice, and on information otherwise available to the Company, in its administration of the Plan.  The Company in administering the Plan may further rely on information or advice furnished by the Trustee, actuaries, counsel or other persons retained to advise or assist the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

 

13.1          Applications for Benefits

 

Any application for benefits under the Plan shall be submitted to the Company.  Any application shall be in writing on the prescribed form and shall be addressed as follows:

 

Savings Investment Plan
PACCAR Inc
P.O. Box 1518
Bellevue, Washington 98009

 

13.2          Denial of Applications

 

In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Company shall notify the applicant in writing of his right to an independent review of the denial.  Such written notice shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, specific reasons for the denial, specific references to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any information or material necessary to perfect the application, an

 

42



 

explanation of why such material is necessary, an explanation of the Plan’s review procedure, (including an explanation of the applicant’s right to initiate a lawsuit under section 502(a) of ERISA if the applicant’s appeal is denied), and, in the case of a Disability Claim (defined below), each specific internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criteria relied upon in making such denial (or a statement that such criteria were relied upon and will be provided free of charge to the applicant upon request), if any.  An application shall be granted, or written notice of a denial shall be given to the applicant, within 90 days (45 days in the case of a Disability Claim) after the Company receives a proper application, unless special circumstances (which are matters beyond the control of the Plan in the case of a Disability Claim) require an extension of time for processing the application.  In no event shall such an extension exceed a period of 90 days (30 days in the case of a Disability Claim) from the end of the initial 90-day period (45-day period in the case of a Disability Claim).  If such an extension is required, written notice thereof shall be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial 90-day period (45-day period in the case of a Disability Claim) indicating the circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Company expects to render a decision.  If the Company determines that a decision on a Disability Claim cannot be rendered within the initial 30-day extension period due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the period for making a determination may be extended for an additional 30 days, provided that written notice is furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial 30-day extension period indicating the circumstances requiring an additional extension of time and the date by which the Company expects to render a decision.  In the case of any extension with respect to a Disability Claim, the notice of extension shall specifically explain the standards on which benefit entitlement is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the Disability Claim, the additional information needed to resolve those issues and that the applicant shall have a period of 45 days within which to provide the specified information.  For purposes of this Article 13, “Disability Claim” shall mean a claim for benefits under the Plan based on an applicant’s Total Disability pursuant to Section 2.1(qq)(3) of the Plan.

 

13.3          Requests for Review

 

Any person whose application for benefits is denied in whole or in part (or such person’s duly authorized representative) may appeal from the denial by submitting to the Company a request for an independent review of such application within 60 days (180 days in the case of a Disability Claim) after receiving written notice of the denial.  Such independent review shall take into consideration all relevant documents and other information submitted by the applicant, whether or not such information was submitted in the initial benefit determination and, in the case of a Disability Claim, shall be conducted without deference to the initial determination.  The Company shall give the applicant (or such applicant’s authorized representative), upon request and free of charge, copies of and/or an opportunity to review pertinent documents (except legally privileged materials) in preparing such request for review and an opportunity to submit issues and comments in writing.  In the case of a Disability Claim, the Company shall identify each medical or vocational expert whose advice was obtained in connection with such denial, whether or not such advice was relied upon in making the denial.  The request for review shall be in writing and shall be addressed as follows:

 

43



 

Savings Investment Plan
PACCAR Inc
P.O. Box 1518
Bellevue, Washington 98009

 

The request for review shall set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters which the applicant deems pertinent.  The Company may require the applicant to submit such additional facts, documents or other material as it may deem necessary or appropriate in making its review.  Any review of a denied application shall be conducted in the name of the Company by a panel of three or more individuals who did not take part in the initial processing of such application and, in the case of a Disability Claim, who are not subordinate to any person who took part in such initial processing.  The review panel shall be the named fiduciary that has the authority to act with respect to any appeal from a denial of a claim for benefits.  Any decision on appeal of a Disability Claim that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment shall be made in consultation with an appropriate health care professional who did not take part in the initial processing of such application and is not subordinate to any person who took part in such initial processing.

 

13.4          Decision on Review

 

The Company shall act upon each request for review within 60 days (45 days in the case of Disability Claim) after receipt thereof, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, but in no event shall the decision on review be rendered more than 120 days (90 days in the case of a Disability Claim) after the Company receives a proper request for review.  If such an extension is required, written notice thereof shall be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial 60-day period (45-day period in the case of Disability Claim).  The Company shall give prompt, written notice of its decision to the applicant.  In the event that the Company confirms the denial of the application for benefits in whole or in part, such notice shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, the specific reasons for such denial, specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based, a statement that the applicant (or the applicant’s duly authorized representative) has the right, upon request and free of charge, to receive copies of and/or to review all pertinent documents (other than legally privileged documents), an explanation of the applicant’s right to initiate a lawsuit under section 502(a) of ERISA, and, in the case of a Disability Claim, each specific internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criteria relied upon in making such denial (or a statement that such criteria were relied upon and will be provided free of charge to the applicant upon request).  In the case of a Disability Claim, such notice shall also include the following statement:  “You and the Plan may have other voluntary alternative dispute resolution options, such as mediation.  One way to find out what may be available is to contact the local U.S. Department of Labor Office and your State insurance regulatory agency.”

 

13.5          Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies; Limitations

 

No legal or equitable action for benefits under the Plan shall be brought unless and until the claimant (a) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with Section 13.1, (b) has been notified that the application is denied, (c) has filed a written request for an

 

44



 

independent review of the application in accordance with Section 13.3 and (d) has been notified in writing that the Company has affirmed the denial of the application; provided, however, that such an action may be brought after the Company has failed to act on the claim within a time period prescribed by Sections 13.2 or 13.4.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

14.1          Information and Reports to Members

 

Each Member shall be advised periodically of the general provisions and the financial condition of the Plan and his Benefit hereunder, as required by law.  In addition, the Company shall also furnish to any Member or Beneficiary, upon written request, such information respecting the Plan and such person’s Benefit hereunder as may be required by law, but may require payment of a reasonable charge covering the cost of providing such data, as permitted by law.

 

14.2          Compliance With USERRA

 

Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, effective October 13, 1996, with regard to an Employee who after serving in the uniformed services is reemployed on or after December 12, 1994, within the time required by USERRA, contributions shall be made and benefits and service credit shall be provided under the Plan with respect to his or her qualified military service (as defined in section 414(u)(5) of the IRC) in accordance with section 414(u) of the IRC.  Furthermore, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, Participant loan payments may be suspended during a period of qualified military service.

 

14.3          Applicable Law

 

The Plan and the Trust Agreement are intended to establish a profit-sharing plan and trust qualified under IRC sections 401(a), 401(k) and 501 and maintained in conformity with said sections and regulations issued thereunder, and in conformity with other applicable provisions of Federal law and regulations governing profit-sharing plans and trusts.  Subject to the preceding sentence and to the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington and shall be governed thereby.

 

14.4          No Employment Rights Conferred

 

Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any person any right to remain in the employ of the Company.

 

14.5          Service Upon Plan; Limitations on Actions Against Plan

 

Valid service of any legal process upon the Company shall constitute service of process upon the Plan.  Any legal proceedings against the Plan shall be commenced within one year, or within any greater period allowed by ERISA section 413, after the cause of action arises, and

 

45



 

if not commenced within the applicable period above described, shall be deemed abandoned and forever barred.

 

14.6          Plan Office; Records

 

The records of the Plan shall be maintained on a Plan Year basis.  The principal office of the Plan, where all Plan records shall be kept, shall be located at the principal office of PACCAR Inc.  Copies of all documents constituting a part of the Plan and any related documents shall also be made available at other locations, as may be required by law.  The Company shall allow any Member or Beneficiary reasonable access to any documents under which the Plan is established or operated, if a request for such access is made in accordance with the Company’s written procedure.

 

14.7          Form of Applications, Elections and Other Communications

 

All applications, authorizations, designations, elections, instructions or any other communications required or permitted of any person under the Plan shall be submitted to the Company in such form and manner and at such time as the Company may require and, if the Company deems it necessary or advisable, shall include the consent of such person’s spouse.

 

14.8          Spousal Consents

 

This Section 14.8 shall apply whenever the consent of a Member’s spouse is required for an election, waiver or designation made by such Member under the Plan.  Any spousal consent shall be in writing and shall be witnessed by a Plan representative (if permitted by the Company) or by a notary public.  The spousal consent shall acknowledge the effect of the Member’s action and shall, if applicable, specify the non-spouse Beneficiary being designated (including any class of Beneficiaries or contingent Beneficiaries).  The spousal consent shall be irrevocable.  Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no spousal consent shall be required if (a) it is established to the satisfaction of the Company that there is no spouse or that the spouse cannot be located or (b) the Member is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and has an appropriate court order, unless a qualified domestic relations order provides otherwise.  If the spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the spouse’s legal guardian (including the Member) may give consent.

 

14.9          Merger, Consolidation and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities

 

The Plan may not be merged or consolidated with any other plan, and no assets or liabilities of the Trust Fund may be transferred to any other plan, unless each Member would (if the Plan then terminated) receive a Benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the Benefit such Member would have been entitled to receive immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had been terminated).

 

46



 

ARTICLE 15

 

CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

 

15.1          Basic Limitation

 

A Member’s Annual Addition with respect to any calendar year shall in no event exceed his Contribution Limitation for such calendar year.  In the event that a Member’s Contribution Limitation would be exceeded, his Annual Addition shall be reduced to an amount equal to his Contribution Limitation by reducing the components of his Annual Addition as necessary in the order in which they are listed in Section 15.4(b).  Such reduction shall be made in accordance with Sections 15.2 and 15.3 (where applicable).

 

15.2          Effect on Future Contributions

 

Articles 4 and 5 notwithstanding, the Salary Deferrals which a Member is permitted to contribute and his share of Company Contributions shall be reduced prospectively to the extent required by Section 15.1.  The aggregate amount of the Company Contributions that otherwise would be made under Article 5 shall be reduced accordingly.

 

15.3          Effect on Prior Contributions

 

If a Member’s Annual Addition exceeds his Contribution Limitation, then such Excess Annual Additions as are attributable to Salary Deferrals and Company Contributions shall be eliminated as follows:

 

(a)                                   Excess Annual Additions attributable to Salary Deferrals, including investment gains, shall be distributed to the Member.

 

(b)            Excess Annual Additions attributable to Company Contributions shall be transferred to a suspense account.  Any earnings, appreciation or losses attributable to the suspense account shall be allocated to such account.  All amounts credited to the suspense account shall be applied to reduce Company Contributions for the next calendar year, and for succeeding calendar years if necessary.  Such amounts shall be allocated among Members pursuant to Section 5.1 until the suspense account is exhausted (subject to this Article 15).  No Company Contributions shall be made as long as any amount remains in the suspense account.

 

15.4          Definitions

 

As used in this Article 15, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)            Affiliate ” means any corporation which is a member of a “controlled group of corporations” (within the meaning of IRC section 1563(a), determined without regard to IRC sections 1563(a)(4) and 1563(e)(3)(C), and as modified by IRC section 415(h)) of which group PACCAR Inc is also a member.

 

47



 

(b)            Annual Addition ” with respect to any calendar year means the sum of the following:

 

(1)            Employee contributions made by the Member under all qualified defined-contribution or defined-benefit plans maintained by PACCAR Inc or any Affiliate during such calendar year;

 

(2)            Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Member under all qualified defined-contribution plans maintained by PACCAR Inc or any Affiliate, other than this Plan, as of any date within such calendar year;

 

(3)            Salary Deferrals contributed by the Member under this Plan during such calendar year; and

 

(4)            Company Contributions allocated to the Member under this Plan as of any date within such calendar year.

 

Rollover Contributions shall not be included in Annual Additions.

 

(c)            Compensation ” for purposes of this Article 15 only, means “wages” as defined in section 3401(a) of the IRC for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in “wages” based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the IRC).  In addition, Compensation shall include elective deferrals excludable from the Member’s gross income under section 125 or section 402(e)(3) of the IRC and made to a plan maintained by the Company including amounts contributed to the Plan as Salary Deferrals, and shall include elective deferrals excludable from the Member’s gross income under section 132(f)(4) of the IRC.

 

(d)            Contribution Limitation ” with respect to any calendar year means the lesser of (1) 100 percent of the Member’s Compensation for such calendar year or (2) $40,000 (as adjusted by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue to reflect increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with section 415(d)(1)(C) of the IRC).

 

ARTICLE 16

 

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

16.1          Plan May Be Amended or Terminated

 

It is the intention of the Company that the Plan will continue indefinitely, but the Company may, at any time and for any reason, by action of its Board of Directors, its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer or a committee or individual(s) acting pursuant to a valid delegation of authority, amend the Plan retroactively or prospectively, terminate the Plan, or discontinue Company Contributions hereunder without terminating the Trust Agreement or the other provisions of the Plan.  Any other provision hereof notwithstanding, the Company shall have no obligation to continue to make contributions to the Plan after the termination of the Plan.

 

48



 

16.2          Amendments Cannot Reduce Accrued Benefits

 

No amendment of the Plan shall reduce the Benefit of any Member accrued under the Plan prior to the date when the amendment is adopted, except to the extent that a reduction in accrued benefits may be permitted by ERISA; and no amendment of the Plan nor any other action taken by the Company shall divert any part of the assets of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive purposes of providing benefits to Members or Beneficiaries who have an interest in the Plan and of defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and the Trust Fund, except as provided in Section 5.12.

 

16.3          Procedure Upon Plan Terminations

 

Upon termination of the Plan, the Company shall perform the procedures which would have been required pursuant to the Plan had the Plan termination date been a Valuation Date.  Upon completion of such procedures, the balances in each Member’s Accounts shall be distributed to such Member (or his Beneficiary) as provided in Article 8.  Upon termination of the Plan, no part of the Trust Fund shall revert to the Company, except as provided in Section 5.12.

 

16.4          Partial Terminations

 

If any partial termination (as determined by the Company in accordance with any applicable IRC provisions) of the Plan occurs, then the balances in the Accounts of those Members with respect to whom the Plan is so terminated shall be distributed as provided in Section 16.3.

 

16.5          Intent to Comply with ERISA

 

It is the intent of Sections 16.3 and 16.4 that a termination or partial termination of the Plan be accomplished in accordance with ERISA section 403.  In the event that the provisions of ERISA section 403(d)(1) or regulations adopted thereunder require that the assets of the Plan be allocated or distributed in a different manner upon any termination of the Plan, then the assets of the Plan shall instead be allocated or distributed as such provisions may require.

 

16.6          Fiduciary Powers Continue Until Distribution Complete

 

Until the final distribution of any Plan assets allocated on account of any termination or partial termination of the Plan, the Trust Fund shall continue, and the Company and the Trustee shall continue to have and may exercise all of the powers conferred upon them by the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

PRIOR PROFIT SHARING PLAN

 

The Plan amends and restates the PACCAR Inc Profit Sharing Plan, as in effect on June 30, 1978.  The following rules apply with respect to the rights and benefits of Members under the Plan on such date:

 

49



 

17.1          No Reduction of Accrued Benefit

 

No provision of the amended and restated Plan is intended to reduce or limit any benefit which accrued under the provisions of the Plan as in effect from time to time prior to July 1, 1978.

 

17.2          Full Vesting

 

The balance in the Prior Profit Sharing Account of a Member who was an Employee on July 1, 1978 (plus the Member’s share of any Company Contributions or forfeitures made or imposed with respect to periods prior to July 1, 1978, but allocated thereafter), shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable, effective as of July 1, 1978.  Such balance shall remain fully vested and nonforfeitable on and after July 1, 1987, upon transfer of the Prior Profit Sharing Account balance to the Member’s Salary Deferral Accounts.

 

17.3          Continuing Distributions

 

Amounts being paid to a Member or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan in effect from time to time prior to July 1, 1978, shall continue to be paid in accordance with such provisions.

 

17.4          Beneficiary Designations

 

Any Beneficiary designation in effect as of June 30, 1978, under the prior provisions of the Plan shall be treated as a Beneficiary designation filed with the Company under Section 8.9 (c) of the Plan and shall be subject to all of the provisions and restrictions of Section 8.9(b).

 

17.5          Company Contributions

 

No Company contribution shall be made to any Prior Profit Sharing Account with respect to any period after June 30, 1978, but such a contribution may be made after June 30, 1978, with respect to a prior period.

 

17.6          Effective Date

 

With respect to periods prior to July 1, 1978, the rights of any person regarding a Prior Profit Sharing Account shall be determined and administered exclusively under the provisions of the Plan as in effect at the applicable time.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

 

18.1          Determination of Top-Heavy Status

 

Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, this Article 18 shall apply to any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.  The Plan shall be considered a “Top-Heavy Plan” for a Plan Year if, as of the Determination Date for such Plan Year, the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

 

50



 

18.2          Minimum Allocations

 

For any Plan Year during which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, Company Contributions allocated to the Accounts of each Member who is not a Key Employee, but who is an Employee on the last day of such Plan Year, shall not be less than the lesser of (a) three percent of Wages or (b) the greatest allocation, expressed as a percentage of Compensation made to any Member who is a Key Employee.  To the extent required by this Section 18.2, the Company shall make additional Company Contributions without regard to the limitations of Section 5.9.

 

This Section 18.2 shall not apply to any Member for a Plan Year during which the Member received a minimum accrued benefit described in section 416(c)(1) of the IRC under a qualified defined-benefit plan maintained by PACCAR Inc or any of its Subsidiaries (determined without regard to the last sentence of Section 2.1(nn)).  However, this Section 18.2 shall apply to any Eligible Employee who could become a Member under Section 3.1 but who has not elected to do so.

 

18.3          Definitions

 

For purposes of this Article 18 only, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)            Aggregation Group ” means either the Required Aggregation Group or any Permissive Aggregation Group, as the Company may elect.

 

(b)            Determination Date ” means the last day of the Plan Year prior to the applicable Plan Year.

 

(c)            Key Employee ” means a key employee, as defined in section 416(i) of the IRC.

 

(d)            Permissive Aggregation Group ” means a group of qualified plans which includes (1) the Required Aggregation Group and (2) one or more plans of the Company or a Subsidiary which are not part of the Required Aggregation Group.  A Permissive Aggregation Group, when viewed as a single plan, must satisfy the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the IRC.

 

(e)            Required Aggregation Group ” means a group of qualified plans which includes (1) each plan of the Company or a Subsidiary in which a Key Employee participates and (2) each other plan of the Company or a Subsidiary which enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the IRC.

 

(f)             Top-Heavy Ratio ” means a percentage determined pursuant to section 416(g) of the IRC.  In applying section 416(g) of the IRC, the valuation date shall be the Determination Date.

 

(g)            Wages ” means “wages” as defined in section 3401(a) of the IRC for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in “wages” based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural

 

51



 

labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the IRC).  “Wages” does not include Salary Deferrals or amounts in excess of $200,000 (as adjusted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to reflect increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B)).

 

ARTICLE 19

 

EXECUTION

 

To record the amendment and restatement of the Plan to read as set forth herein, effective as of January 1, 2007, but subject to approval by the Internal Revenue Service and to any amendments necessary to obtain such approval and to comply with Department of Labor regulations and applicable securities laws, PACCAR Inc by its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has executed this Plan on January 20, 2009.

 

 

PACCAR Inc

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ M.C. Pigott

 

    Chairman and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

52


Exhibit 13

 

STOCKHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE GRAPH

 

The following line graph compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s common stock, to the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s Composite 500 Stock Index and the return of two industry peer groups of companies identified in the graph (the Current Peer Group Index and the Prior Peer Group Index) for the last five fiscal years ending December 31, 2008. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company revised its peer group to reflect changes in the industry and to provide a more challenging and competitive group against which to measure performance. Standard & Poor’s has calculated a return for each company in both the Current Peer Group Index and Prior Peer Group Index weighted according to its respective capitalization at the beginning of each period with dividends reinvested on a monthly basis. Management believes that the identified companies and methodology used in the graph for the peer group indices provides a better comparison than other indices available. The Current Peer Group Index consists of Caterpillar Inc., Cummins Inc., Danaher Corporation, Deere & Company, Dover Corporation, Eaton Corporation, Harley-Davidson, Inc., Honeywell International Inc., Illinois Tool Works Inc., Ingersoll-Rand Company Ltd. and United Technologies Corporation. The Prior Peer Group Index consists of ArvinMeritor Inc., Caterpillar Inc., Cummins Inc., Dana Corp., Deere & Company, Eaton Corporation, Ingersoll-Rand Company Ltd., Navistar International Corp. and Oshkosh Truck Corp. The comparison assumes that $100 was invested December 31, 2003 in the Company’s common stock and in the stated indices and assumes reinvestment of dividends.

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

PACCAR Inc

 

100.00

 

147.13

 

131.80

 

193.77

 

251.52

 

134.92

 

S&P 500 Index

 

100.00

 

110.88

 

116.33

 

134.70

 

142.10

 

89.53

 

Current Peer Group Index

 

100.00

 

116.59

 

121.11

 

142.74

 

183.05

 

107.86

 

Prior Peer Group Index

 

100.00

 

120.12

 

124.60

 

142.00

 

204.90

 

100.29

 

 

23



 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(tables in millions, except truck unit and per share data)

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Net sales and revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck and Other

 

$

13,709.6

 

$

14,030.4

 

$

15,503.3

 

Financial Services

 

1,262.9

 

1,191.3

 

950.8

 

 

 

$

14,972.5

 

$

15,221.7

 

$

16,454.1

 

Income before taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck and Other

 

$

1,162.5

 

$

1,384.8

 

$

1,846.6

 

Financial Services

 

216.9

 

284.1

 

247.4

 

Investment income

 

84.6

 

95.4

 

81.3

 

Income taxes

 

(446.1

)

(537.0

)

(679.3

)

Net Income

 

$

1,017.9

 

$

1,227.3

 

$

1,496.0

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share

 

$

2.78

 

$

3.29

 

$

3.97

 

 

Overview:

 

PACCAR is a global technology company whose principal businesses include the design, manufacture and distribution of high-quality, light-, medium- and heavy-duty commercial trucks and related aftermarket parts and the financing and leasing of its trucks and related equipment. The Company also manufactures and markets industrial winches.

 

Consolidated net sales and revenue were $14.97 billion in 2008 and $15.22 billion in 2007. Current year results reflected strong but slowing demand for the Company’s high-quality trucks in Europe. The U.S. and Canada truck markets were down but there was continued solid aftermarket parts and financial services revenues. Financial Services revenues increased to $1.26 billion in 2008 from $1.19 billion in 2007.

 

PACCAR achieved net income of $1.02 billion ($2.78 per diluted share) in 2008, the fourth best result in the Company’s 103 year history in very difficult business conditions. These results were achieved in the Truck and Other businesses from strong revenue and increased margins in the Company’s European operations, more than offset by lower truck sales and margins in North America and Australia.

 

Financial Services income before taxes was $216.9 million compared to $284.1 million in 2007 as the benefit of asset growth was reduced by a higher provision for credit losses.

 

Research and development expenditures were $341.8 million in 2008, an increase of 34% from $255.5 million in 2007 due to higher spending on new vehicle and engine development projects.

 

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expense for Truck and Other declined to $470.2 million in 2008 compared to $491.4 million in 2007. This was due to spending reductions worldwide partially offset by the translation effects of stronger foreign currencies. SG&A expense as a percent of revenues decreased to 3.4% in 2008 from 3.5% in 2007. The Company continues to implement Six Sigma initiatives and process improvements in all facets of the business.

 

Investment income declined to $84.6 million in 2008 compared to $95.4 million in 2007 due to lower invested balances and interest rates.

 

The 2008 effective income tax rate of 30.5% was comparable to the 30.4% in 2007.

 

The Company’s return on revenues was 6.8% in 2008 and 8.1% in 2007.

 

Truck

 

PACCAR’s truck segment, which includes the manufacture and distribution of trucks and related aftermarket parts, accounted for 90%, 91% and 93% of revenues in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In North America, trucks are sold under the Kenworth and Peterbilt nameplates and, in Europe, under the DAF nameplate.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Truck net sales and revenues

 

$

13,547.4

 

$

13,854.3

 

$

15,367.3

 

Truck income before taxes

 

$

1,156.5

 

$

1,352.8

 

$

1,848.8

 

 

24



 

The Company’s new truck deliveries are summarized below:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

United States

 

38,200

 

44,700

 

82,600

 

Canada

 

6,700

 

8,300

 

12,900

 

U.S. and Canada

 

44,900

 

53,000

 

95,500

 

Europe

 

63,700

 

60,100

 

55,100

 

Mexico, Australia and other

 

17,300

 

20,800

 

16,200

 

Total units

 

125,900

 

133,900

 

166,800

 

 

2008 Compared to 2007:

 

PACCAR’s worldwide truck sales and revenues were $13.55 billion in 2008 compared to $13.85 billion in 2007 due to higher demand for the Company’s trucks in Europe more than offset by lower demand in the U.S. and Canada, and other international markets. The impact of a weaker U.S. dollar relative to the Company’s other currencies (primarily the euro) increased revenues and pretax profit by approximately $450 million and $50 million, respectively.

 

Truck income before taxes was $1.16 billion compared to $1.35 billion in 2007. In the U.S. and Canada, Peterbilt and Kenworth delivered 44,900 heavy and medium-duty trucks during 2008, a decrease of 8,100 from 2007 primarily due to a lower truck market. The Class 8 market decreased to 152,600 units in 2008 from 175,800 units in 2007. PACCAR’s market share was 26.0% in 2008 compared to 26.4% in 2007. The medium-duty market decreased 31% to 59,500 units.

 

In Europe, DAF trucks delivered a record 63,700 units during 2008, a 6% increase over 2007. The 15 tonne and above truck market in Western and Central Europe was 334,000 units compared to 337,000 units in 2007. DAF’s 2008 market share of the 15 tonne and above market increased to 14.1% compared to 13.9% in 2007. DAF market share in the 6 to 15 tonne market increased to 9.3% in 2008 from 8.3% in 2007. Truck and parts sales in Europe represented 49% of PACCAR’s total truck segment net sales and revenues in 2008 compared to 42% in 2007.

 

Truck unit deliveries in Mexico, Australia and other countries outside the Company’s primary markets decreased 17%. Deliveries to customers in South America, Africa and Asia are sold through PACCAR International, the Company’s international sales division. Combined truck and parts sales in these markets accounted for 16% of truck segment sales and 20% of truck segment profit compared to 16% of sales and 19% of profits in 2007.

 

PACCAR’s worldwide aftermarket parts revenues were $2.27 billion in 2008, comparable to the $2.29 billion achieved in 2007. Aftermarket parts sales in 2008 benefited from a growing truck population and expansion of the Company’s parts distribution centers offset by the effects of recessionary global economies in the second half of the year.

 

Truck segment gross margin as a percentage of net sales and revenues was 14.3% in 2008 and 14.9% in 2007. Improved operating efficiencies and strong demand for the Company’s products in Europe in the first nine months, partially mitigated the effects of weaker truck demand in other markets. In addition, higher material costs from suppliers, including the impacts of higher crude oil, copper, steel and other commodities negatively impacted 2008 gross margin.

 

2007 Compared to 2006:

 

PACCAR’s worldwide truck sales and revenues were $13.85 billion in 2007 compared to $15.37 billion in 2006 due to lower demand for the Company’s trucks in the U.S. and Canada, somewhat offset by higher demand for trucks in all other markets and higher global demand for related aftermarket parts. The impact of a weaker U.S. dollar relative to the Company’s other currencies (primarily the euro) increased revenues and pretax profit by approximately $590 million and $90 million, respectively.

 

Truck income before taxes was $1.35 billion compared to $1.85 billion in 2006. In the U.S. and Canada, Peterbilt and Kenworth delivered 53,000 heavy and medium-duty trucks during 2007, a decrease of 45% from 2006, due to the lower truck market. The Class 8 market decreased to 175,800 units from a record 322,500 units in 2006, reflecting a 2006 pre-buy and a slowdown in the housing and automotive sectors. PACCAR’s market share increased to 26.4% in 2007 from 25.3% in 2006. The medium-duty market decreased 21% to 86,000 units.

 

In Europe, DAF trucks delivered 60,100 units during 2007, a 9% increase over 2006. The 15 tonne and above truck market in Western and Central Europe improved to 337,000 units, a 9% increase from 2006 levels. DAF’s 2007 market share of the 15 tonne and above market was 13.9% compared to 14.3% in 2006. DAF market share in the 6 to 15 tonne market was 8.3% in 2007 and 9.2% in 2006. Truck and parts sales in Europe represented 42% of PACCAR’s total truck segment net sales and revenues in 2007 compared to 28% in 2006.

 

25



 

Truck unit deliveries in Mexico, Australia and other countries outside the Company’s primary markets increased 28%. Combined truck and parts sales in these markets accounted for 16% of truck segment sales and 19% of truck segment profit, an increase from 10% of sales and 9% of profits in 2006.

 

PACCAR’s worldwide aftermarket parts revenues were $2.29 billion in 2007, an increase of 18% compared to $1.94 billion in 2006. Aftermarket parts sales increased in all major markets from a growing truck population, expansion of parts distribution centers and focused sales efforts.

 

Truck segment gross margin as a percentage of net sales and revenues was 14.9% in 2007 and 15.7% in 2006. Improved operating efficiencies and strong demand for the Company’s products outside the U.S. and Canada were dampened by a weak truck market in the U.S. and Canada. Higher material costs negatively impacted truck gross margins.

 

Truck Outlook

 

Worldwide recessionary economic conditions are currently forecast to dampen demand for heavy-duty trucks for 2009. In North America, industry retail sales are expected to be 130,000—170,000 trucks. Western and Central European heavy-duty registrations for 2009 are projected to decline between 30% to 40% to 200,000—240,000 units. International markets are also expected to be weaker in 2009.

 

Financial Services

 

The Financial Services segment, which includes wholly owned subsidiaries in the U.S., Canada, Mexico, Europe and Australia, derives its earnings primarily from financing or leasing PACCAR products.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Financial Services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average earning assets

 

$

10,369.0

 

$

10,158.0

 

$

8,746.0

 

Revenues

 

1,262.9

 

1,191.3

 

950.8

 

Income before taxes

 

216.9

 

284.1

 

247.4

 

 

2008 Compared to 2007:

 

PACCAR Financial Services (PFS) revenues increased 6% to $1.26 billion due to higher earning assets in all markets outside the U.S. and Canada and higher average finance yields. New business volume was $3.35 billion in 2008 compared to $3.94 billion in 2007. The decrease in volume was due to fewer new trucks sold and a lower finance share of new truck sales. PFS provided loan and lease financing for 28% of PACCAR new trucks delivered in 2008 compared to 29% in 2007.

 

Income before taxes was $216.9 million compared to $284.1 million in 2007 primarily due to a higher provision for losses on receivables. Net portfolio charge-offs were $104.8 million compared to $25.8 million in 2007 due to higher charge-offs related to recessionary conditions in the U.S. and Canada and to a lesser extent Europe. At December 31, 2008, the earning asset portfolio quality overall was solid with the percentage of accounts 30+ days past-due at 3.3%, although up from 2.0% at the end of 2007, primarily due to the difficult economy worldwide.

 

2007 Compared to 2006:

 

PACCAR Financial Services (PFS) revenues increased 25% to $1.19 billion due to higher earning assets worldwide and higher interest rates. New business volume was $3.94 billion in 2007 compared to $4.24 billion in 2006.

 

Income before taxes increased 15% to a record $284.1 million from $247.4 million in 2006. The improvement was primarily due to higher finance gross profit, partly offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses to support business growth and a higher provision for losses on receivables. The increase in finance gross profit was due to higher asset levels and interest rates, offset partly by a higher cost of debt.

 

Net portfolio charge-offs were $25.8 million compared to $13.9 million in 2006 due to higher charge-offs in the U.S. and Canada. At December 31, 2007, the percentage of accounts 30+ days past-due was 2.0%, up from 1.1% at the end of 2006, primarily due to higher past dues in the U.S. and Canada.

 

Financial Services Outlook

 

Financial Services segment results are principally dependent on the generation of loans and leases and the related spread between the yields on loans and leases and borrowing costs and the level of credit losses. A reduction in average earning assets is expected as lower PACCAR truck sales will likely result in lower new business volume in 2009.

 

26



 

The segment continues to be exposed to the risk that economic weakness around the world may continue to exert pressure on the profit margins of truck operators and result in higher past-due accounts and repossessions.

 

Other Business

 

Included in Truck and Other is the Company’s winch manufacturing business. Sales from this business represent approximately 1% of net sales for 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,955.2

 

$

1,858.1

 

$

1,852.5

 

Marketable debt securities

 

175.4

 

778.5

 

821.7

 

 

 

$

2,130.6

 

$

2,636.6

 

$

2,674.2

 

 

The Company’s total cash and marketable debt securities decreased $506.0 million in 2008. Cash provided by operations of $1,304.9 million was used primarily to pay dividends of $629.2 million, make capital investments totaling $462.8 million and repurchase PACCAR stock for $230.6 million. Cash required to originate new loans and leases was funded by repayments of existing loans and leases as well as Financial Services borrowings.

 

The Company has line of credit arrangements of $3.51 billion. The unused portion of these credit arrangements was $3.26 billion at December 31, 2008. Included in these arrangements are $3.0 billion of bank facilities, of which $2.0 billion matures in June 2009 and $1.0 billion matures in 2012. PACCAR intends to replace these credit facilities as they expire with facilities of similar amounts. The bank facilities are primarily maintained to provide backup liquidity on commercial paper borrowings of the financial services companies. There were no borrowings outstanding under these facilities at December 31, 2008.

 

In November 2008, PACCAR Inc filed a shelf registration under the Securities Act of 1933. In February 2009, the Company issued $750 million of fixed rate medium-term notes under this registration. The registration expires in 2011 and does not limit the principal amount of debt securities that may be issued during the period.

 

The Company believes its strong liquidity position and AA- investment grade credit rating will continue to provide financial stability and access to capital markets at competitive interest rates.

 

In October 2007, PACCAR’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of $300 million of the Company’s common stock. Through December 31, 2008, $292 million of shares have been repurchased. In July 2008, PACCAR’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of an additional $300 million of the Company’s common stock. No shares have been repurchased pursuant to the July 2008 authorization.

 

Truck and Other

 

The Company provides funding for working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, dividends, stock repurchases and other business initiatives and commitments primarily from cash provided by operations. Management expects this method of funding to continue in the future.

 

Long-term debt totaled $19.3 million as of December 31, 2008.

 

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment in 2008 totaled a record $462.8 million compared to $425.7 million in 2007. Major capital projects included the continuation of construction of an engine production facility in Mississippi and completion of construction of a new parts distribution center in Hungary. In addition, the Company made significant investments related to new product development and plant capacity. Over the last ten years, the Company’s combined investments in worldwide capital projects and research and development totaled $3.82 billion which have significantly increased capacity, efficiency and quality of the Company’s premier products.

 

The Company has reduced its planned capital expenditures to reflect current economic conditions. As a result, capital spending in 2009 is expected to be approximately $150 to $200 million. Spending on research and development in 2009 is expected to be approximately $200 to $250 million. PACCAR will continue to focus on engine development, new product programs and manufacturing efficiency improvements.

 

27



 

Financial Services

 

The Company funds its financial services activities primarily from collections on existing finance receivables and borrowings in the capital markets. An additional source of funds is loans from other PACCAR companies.

 

PACCAR’s strong cash position and credit ratings enabled PFS to meet its funding requirements despite a decline in liquidity in the debt and capital markets since the second half of 2007.

 

The primary sources of borrowings in the capital markets are commercial paper and medium-term notes issued in the public markets and, to a lesser extent, bank loans. The majority of the medium-term notes are issued by PACCAR’s largest financial services subsidiary, PACCAR Financial Corp. (PFC). PFC filed a shelf registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in November 2006. The registration expires in November 2009 and does not limit the principal amount of debt securities that may be issued during the period.

 

PFC participates in the Commercial Paper Funding Facility offered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Under this funding facility, PFC may issue 90-day commercial paper through October 30, 2009. The total amount of commercial paper that PFC may have outstanding under this program is $1.46 billion, of which, $.74 billion was outstanding at December 31, 2008.

 

In June 2008, PACCAR’s European finance subsidiary, PACCAR Financial Europe, renewed and increased the registration of a €1.5 billion medium-term note program with the London Stock Exchange. On December 31, 2008, €402 million remained available for issuance. This program is renewable annually through the filing of a new prospectus. In June 2008, PACCAR Mexico registered a 7.0 billion peso medium-term note program with the Comision Nacional Bancaria y de Valores. The registration expires in 2012 and at December 31, 2008, 6.1 billion pesos remained available for issuance.

 

To reduce exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, the Financial Services companies pursue a policy of structuring borrowings with interest-rate characteristics similar to the assets being funded. As part of this policy, the companies use interest-rate contracts. The permitted types of interest-rate contracts and transaction limits have been established by the Company’s senior management, who receive periodic reports on the contract amounts outstanding and counterparty’s involved.

 

PACCAR believes its Financial Services companies will be able to continue funding receivables, servicing debt and paying dividends through internally generated funds, access to public and private debt markets and lines of credit.

 

Commitments

 

The following summarizes the Company’s contractual cash commitments at December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

Within
One Year

 

More than
One Year

 

Total

 

Borrowings

 

$

5,558.2

 

$

1,909.1

 

$

7,467.3

 

Operating leases

 

25.2

 

41.2

 

66.4

 

Purchase obligations

 

164.8

 

155.6

 

320.4

 

Other obligations

 

5.8

 

29.4

 

35.2

 

Total

 

$

5,754.0

 

$

2,135.3

 

$

7,889.3

 

 

The Company had $7.89 billion of cash commitments, substantially all of which mature within three years. Of the total cash commitments for borrowings, $7.47 billion were related to the Financial Services segment. As described in Note J of the consolidated financial statements, borrowings consist primarily of term notes and commercial paper issued by the Financial Services segment. The Company expects to fund its maturing Financial Services debt obligations principally from funds provided by collections from customers on loans and lease contracts, as well as from the proceeds of commercial paper and medium-term note borrowings. Purchase obligations are the Company’s contractual commitment to acquire future production inventory and capital equipment. Other obligations include deferred cash compensation.

 

The Company’s other commitments include the following at December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

Commitment Expiration

 

 

 

 

 

Within
One Year

 

More than
One Year

 

Total

 

Letters of credit

 

$

34.2

 

$

1.5

 

$

35.7

 

Loan and lease commitments

 

105.1

 

 

 

105.1

 

Equipment acquisition commitments

 

 

 

53.4

 

53.4

 

Residual value guarantees

 

67.3

 

198.7

 

266.0

 

Total

 

$

206.6

 

$

253.6

 

$

460.2

 

 

28



 

Loan and lease commitments are for funding new retail loan and lease contracts. Equipment acquisition commitments require the Company, under specified circumstances, to purchase equipment. Residual value guarantees represent the Company’s commitment to acquire trucks at a guaranteed value if the customer decides to return the truck at a specified date in the future.

 

IMPACT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS:

 

The Company, its competitors and industry in general are subject to various domestic and foreign requirements relating to the environment. The Company believes its policies, practices and procedures are designed to prevent unreasonable risk of environmental damage and that its handling, use and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances have been in accordance with environmental laws and regulations enacted at the time such use and disposal occurred. Expenditures related to environmental activities in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were immaterial.

 

The Company is involved in various stages of investigations and cleanup actions in different countries related to environmental matters. In certain of these matters, the Company has been designated as a “potentially responsible party” by domestic and foreign environmental agencies. The Company has provided an accrual for the estimated costs to investigate and complete cleanup actions where it is probable that the Company will incur such costs in the future. Management expects that these matters will not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated cash flow, liquidity or financial condition.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 

In the preparation of the Company’s financial statements, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management uses estimates and makes judgments and assumptions that affect asset and liability values and the amounts reported as income and expense during the periods presented. The following are accounting policies which, in the opinion of management, are particularly sensitive and which, if actual results are different from estimates used by management, may have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

Operating Leases

 

The accounting for trucks sold pursuant to agreements accounted for as operating leases is discussed in Notes A and G of the consolidated financial statements. In determining its estimate of the residual value of such vehicles, the Company considers the length of the lease term, the truck model, the expected usage of the truck and anticipated market demand. If the sales price of the trucks at the end of the term of the agreement differs from the Company’s estimate, a gain or loss will result. The Company believes its residual-setting policies are appropriate; however, future market conditions, changes in government regulations and other factors outside the Company’s control could impact the ultimate sales price of trucks returned under these contracts. Residual values are reviewed regularly and adjusted if market conditions warrant.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The Company determines the allowance for credit losses on financial services receivables based on a combination of historical information and current market conditions. This determination is dependent on estimates, including assumptions regarding the likelihood of collecting current and past-due accounts, repossession rates and the recovery rate on the underlying collateral based on used truck values and other pledged collateral or recourse. The Company believes its reserve-setting policies adequately take into account the known risks inherent in the financial services portfolio. If there are significant variations in the actual results from those estimates, the provision for credit losses and operating earnings may be materially impacted.

 

Product Warranty

 

The expenses related to product warranty are estimated and recorded at the time products are sold based on historical and current data and reasonable expectations for the future regarding the frequency and cost of warranty claims. Management believes that the warranty reserve is appropriate and takes actions to minimize warranty costs through quality-improvement programs; however, actual claims incurred could materially differ from the estimated amounts and require adjustments to the reserve.

 

29



 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

 

The Company’s accounting for employee pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations is based on management assumptions about the future used by actuaries to estimate net costs and liabilities. These assumptions include discount rates, long-term rates of return on plan assets, health care cost trends, inflation rates, retirement rates, mortality rates and other factors. Management bases these assumptions on historical results, the current environment and reasonable estimates of future events.

 

The discount rate for each plan is based on market interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds with a maturity profile that matches the timing of the projected benefit payments of the plans. Changes in the discount rate affect the valuation of the plan benefits obligation and funded status of the plans.

 

The long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on projected returns for each asset class and relative weighting of those asset classes in the plans.

 

Actual results that differ from these assumptions are accumulated and amortized into expense over future periods. While management believes the assumptions used are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience or significant changes in assumptions would affect pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations and the balance sheet funded status of the plans.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to minimize risk exposures from the fluctuation in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities. The Company designates certain of its derivative financial instruments as qualifying hedges under accounting standards.

 

The changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments of qualifying fair value hedges are offset by the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. The changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments, to the extent they are considered to be effective cash flow hedges, are initially reported in other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged item affects earnings. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that are not designated in hedge accounting relationships are reported in earnings in the period in which the change occurs.

 

The determination of the fair value of derivatives and whether hedge relationships qualify for hedge accounting is complex and requires management estimates and involves judgment. If the Company determines that the derivative financial instruments no longer qualify for hedge accounting, the fair value changes of derivative financial instruments are reported in earnings.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company calculates income tax expense on pretax income based on current tax law. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences on temporary differences between recorded amounts in the financial statements and their respective tax basis. The determination of income tax expense requires management estimates and involves judgment regarding jurisdictional mix of earnings, indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings and future outcomes regarding tax law issues included in tax returns. If the Company’s assessment of these matters changes, the effect is accounted for in earnings in the period the change

is made.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS:

 

Certain information presented in this report contains forward-looking statements made pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which are subject to risks and uncertainties that may affect actual results. Risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: a significant decline in industry sales; competitive pressures; reduced market share; reduced availability of or higher prices for fuel; increased safety, emissions, or other regulations resulting in higher costs and/or sales restrictions; currency or commodity price fluctuations; lower used truck prices; insufficient or under-utilization of manufacturing capacity; supplier interruptions; insufficient liquidity in the capital markets; fluctuations in interest rates; insufficient supplier capacity or access to raw materials; labor disruptions; shortages of commercial truck drivers; increased warranty costs or litigation; or legislative and governmental regulations.

 

30



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Year Ended December 31

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(millions except per share data)

 

TRUCK AND OTHER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales and revenues

 

$

13,709.6

 

$

14,030.4

 

$

15,503.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales and revenues

 

11,736.9

 

11,917.3

 

13,036.6

 

Research and development

 

341.8

 

255.5

 

163.1

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

470.2

 

491.4

 

457.3

 

Interest and other income, net

 

(1.8

)

(18.6

)

(.3

)

 

 

12,547.1

 

12,645.6

 

13,656.7

 

Truck and Other Income Before Income Taxes

 

1,162.5

 

1,384.8

 

1,846.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL SERVICES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

1,262.9

 

1,191.3

 

950.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and other

 

831.9

 

755.3

 

573.7

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

111.2

 

110.9

 

95.9

 

Provision for losses on receivables

 

102.9

 

41.0

 

33.8

 

 

 

1,046.0

 

907.2

 

703.4

 

Financial Services Income Before Income Taxes

 

216.9

 

284.1

 

247.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment income

 

84.6

 

95.4

 

81.3

 

Total Income Before Income Taxes

 

1,464.0

 

1,764.3

 

2,175.3

 

Income taxes

 

446.1

 

537.0

 

679.3

 

Net Income

 

$

1,017.9

 

$

1,227.3

 

$

1,496.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

2.79

 

$

3.31

 

$

3.99

 

Diluted

 

$

2.78

 

$

3.29

 

$

3.97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

364.2

 

371.1

 

375.1

 

Diluted

 

365.9

 

373.3

 

377.2

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

31



 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

ASSETS

 

December 31

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(millions of dollars)

 

TRUCK AND OTHER:

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,899.2

 

$

1,736.5

 

Trade and other receivables, net

 

698.7

 

652.0

 

Marketable debt securities

 

175.4

 

778.5

 

Inventories

 

658.1

 

628.3

 

Deferred taxes and other current assets

 

211.7

 

205.6

 

Total Truck and Other Current Assets

 

3,643.1

 

4,000.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment on operating leases, net

 

425.3

 

489.2

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

1,782.8

 

1,642.6

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

368.2

 

467.2

 

Total Truck and Other Assets

 

6,219.4

 

6,599.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL SERVICES:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

56.0

 

121.6

 

Finance and other receivables, net

 

8,036.4

 

9,025.4

 

Equipment on operating leases, net

 

1,534.8

 

1,318.7

 

Other assets

 

403.2

 

244.6

 

Total Financial Services Assets

 

10,030.4

 

10,710.3

 

 

 

$

16,249.8

 

$

17,310.2

 

 

32



 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

 

December 31

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(millions of dollars)

 

TRUCK AND OTHER:

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

1,792.3

 

$

2,218.3

 

Dividend payable

 

36.3

 

367.1

 

Total Truck and Other Current Liabilities

 

1,828.6

 

2,585.4

 

Long-term debt

 

19.3

 

23.6

 

Residual value guarantees and deferred revenues

 

470.8

 

539.4

 

Deferred taxes and other liabilities

 

636.6

 

458.4

 

Total Truck and Other Liabilities

 

2,955.3

 

3,606.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL SERVICES:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other

 

249.2

 

258.5

 

Commercial paper and bank loans

 

3,576.2

 

4,130.1

 

Term notes

 

3,889.3

 

3,722.1

 

Deferred taxes and other liabilities

 

733.1

 

579.6

 

Total Financial Services Liabilities

 

8,447.8

 

8,690.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value – authorized 1.0 million shares, none issued

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $1 par value – authorized 1.2 billion shares; issued 363.1 million and 368.4 million shares

 

363.1

 

368.4

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

46.1

 

37.7

 

Treasury stock – at cost

 

(17.4

)

(61.7

)

Retained earnings

 

4,724.7

 

4,260.6

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(269.8

)

408.1

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

4,846.7

 

5,013.1

 

 

 

$

16,249.8

 

$

17,310.2

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

33



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year Ended December 31

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(millions of dollars)

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,017.9

 

$

1,227.3

 

$

1,496.0

 

Items included in net income not affecting cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

226.5

 

196.4

 

163.4

 

Equipment on operating leases and other

 

422.9

 

330.0

 

271.2

 

Provision for losses on financial services receivables

 

102.9

 

41.0

 

33.8

 

Gain on sale of property

 

 

 

(21.7

)

 

 

Deferred taxes

 

131.0

 

38.3

 

66.9

 

Other, net

 

(1.1

)

5.3

 

(6.0

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in assets other than cash and equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other

 

(55.5

)

143.6

 

(80.5

)

Wholesale receivables on new trucks

 

(246.3

)

81.3

 

(64.6

)

Sales-type finance leases and dealer direct loans on new trucks

 

52.8

 

40.3

 

(232.4

)

Inventories

 

(85.2

)

114.4

 

(168.5

)

Other, net

 

8.8

 

16.8

 

(2.2

)

(Decrease) increase in liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(239.3

)

(277.6

)

423.3

 

Residual value guarantees and deferred revenues

 

118.1

 

85.1

 

72.9

 

Other, net

 

(148.6

)

34.9

 

(120.6

)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

1,304.9

 

2,055.4

 

1,852.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail loans and direct financing leases originated

 

(2,307.5

)

(3,116.6

)

(3,318.5

)

Collections on retail loans and direct financing leases

 

2,771.0

 

2,837.3

 

2,543.8

 

Net decrease (increase) in wholesale receivables on used equipment

 

10.4

 

13.7

 

(27.5

)

Marketable securities purchases

 

(667.3

)

(1,282.9

)

(1,458.2

)

Marketable securities sales and maturities

 

1,239.4

 

1,345.5

 

1,225.4

 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

 

(462.8

)

(425.7

)

(312.0

)

Acquisition of equipment for operating leases

 

(1,087.2

)

(841.7

)

(642.3

)

Proceeds from asset disposals

 

239.3

 

240.1

 

162.2

 

Other, net

 

12.8

 

(66.5

)

1.0

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

(251.9

)

(1,296.8

)

(1,826.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid

 

(629.2

)

(736.7

)

(530.4

)

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(230.6

)

(360.5

)

(312.0

)

Stock compensation transactions

 

11.5

 

30.8

 

37.7

 

Net (decrease) increase in commercial paper and short-term bank loans

 

(482.0

)

(366.1

)

576.0

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

1,190.9

 

879.5

 

2,222.6

 

Payments on long-term debt

 

(728.7

)

(285.5

)

(1,951.4

)

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

 

(868.1

)

(838.5

)

42.5

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

(87.8

)

85.5

 

84.5

 

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

97.1

 

5.6

 

153.6

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at beginning of year

 

1,858.1

 

1,852.5

 

1,698.9

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,955.2

 

$

1,858.1

 

$

1,852.5

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

34



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

December 31

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(millions except per share data)

 

COMMON STOCK, $ 1 PAR VALUE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

368.4

 

$

248.5

 

$

169.4

 

Treasury stock retirement

 

(5.9

)

(3.8

)

(5.0

)

50% stock dividend

 

 

 

122.8

 

83.1

 

Stock compensation

 

.6

 

.9

 

1.0

 

Balance at end of year

 

363.1

 

368.4

 

248.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

37.7

 

27.5

 

140.6

 

Treasury stock retirement

 

(14.0

)

(33.8

)

(160.8

)

Stock compensation and tax benefit

 

22.4

 

44.0

 

47.7

 

Balance at end of year

 

46.1

 

37.7

 

27.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TREASURY STOCK, AT COST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

(61.7

)

(2.1

)

(35.1

)

Purchases: (shares) 2008-5.1; 2007-5.1; 2006-4.5

 

(230.6

)

(359.6

)

(301.5

)

Retirements

 

274.9

 

300.0

 

334.5

 

Balance at end of year

 

(17.4

)

(61.7

)

(2.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RETAINED EARNINGS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

4,260.6

 

4,026.1

 

3,471.5

 

Net income

 

1,017.9

 

1,227.3

 

1,496.0

 

Cash dividends declared on common stock, per share: 2008-$.82; 2007-$1.65; 2006-$1.84

 

(298.8

)

(607.6

)

(689.6

)

Treasury stock retirement

 

(255.0

)

(262.4

)

(168.7

)

50% stock dividend

 

 

 

(122.8

)

(83.1

)

Balance at end of year

 

4,724.7

 

4,260.6

 

4,026.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

408.1

 

156.2

 

154.7

 

Accounting change, net of $87.5 tax effect

 

 

 

 

 

(160.2

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(677.9

)

251.9

 

161.7

 

Balance at end of year

 

(269.8

)

408.1

 

156.2

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

4,846.7

 

$

5,013.1

 

$

4,456.2

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

35



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

Year Ended December 31

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(millions of dollars)

 

Net income

 

$

1,017.9

 

$

1,227.3

 

$

1,496.0

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Losses) gains arising during the period

 

(85.5

)

(32.5

)

13.1

 

Tax effect

 

24.7

 

15.9

 

(4.7

)

Reclassification adjustment

 

(17.4

)

(14.8

)

(17.4

)

Tax effect

 

4.1

 

5.6

 

5.9

 

 

 

(74.1

)

(25.8

)

(3.1

)

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net holding gain (loss)

 

2.9

 

5.2

 

(.6

)

Tax effect

 

(.9

)

(2.1

)

.3

 

Reclassification adjustment

 

(5.1

)

.2

 

 

 

Tax effect

 

1.8

 

(.1

)

 

 

 

 

(1.3

)

3.2

 

(.3

)

Pension and postretirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

26.0

 

Tax effect

 

 

 

 

 

(9.8

)

Amounts arising during the period

 

(395.1

)

87.0

 

 

 

Tax effect

 

144.7

 

(32.2

)

 

 

Reclassification adjustment

 

6.0

 

12.7

 

 

 

Tax effect

 

(2.1

)

(4.6

)

 

 

 

 

(246.5

)

62.9

 

16.2

 

Foreign currency translation (losses) gains

 

(356.0

)

211.6

 

148.9

 

Net other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(677.9

)

251.9

 

161.7

 

Comprehensive Income

 

$

340.0

 

$

1,479.2

 

$

1,657.7

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

A.             SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Description of Operations : PACCAR Inc (the Company or PACCAR) is a multinational company operating in two segments: (1) the manufacture and distribution of light-, medium- and heavy-duty commercial trucks and related aftermarket parts and (2) finance and leasing products and services provided to customers and dealers. PACCAR’s sales and revenues are derived primarily from North America and Europe. The Company also operates in Australia and sells trucks and parts outside its primary markets to customers in Asia, Africa and South America.

 

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of liquid investments with a maturity at date of purchase of three months or less.

 

36



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

Trade and Other Receivables : The Company’s trade and other receivables are recorded at cost on the balance sheet net of allowances.

 

Long-lived Assets, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets (including property and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets) when events and circumstances warrant such a review. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis. Impairment charges were insignificant during the three years ended December 31, 2008.

 

Revenue Recognition: Substantially all sales and revenues of trucks and related aftermarket parts are recorded by the Company when products are shipped to dealers or customers, except for certain truck shipments that are subject to a residual value guarantee to the customer. Revenues related to these shipments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the guarantee period (see Note G). At the time certain truck and parts sales to a dealer are recognized, the Company records an estimate of the future sales incentive costs related to such sales. The estimate is based on historical data and announced incentive programs.

 

Interest income from finance and other receivables is recognized using the interest method. Certain loan origination costs are deferred and amortized to interest income. For operating leases, rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Recognition of interest income and rental revenue is suspended when management determines that collection is not probable (generally after 90 days past the contractual due date). Recognition is resumed if the receivable becomes contractually current and the collection of amounts is again considered probable.

 

Foreign Currency Translation: For most of PACCAR’s foreign subsidiaries, the local currency is the functional currency. All assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates and all income statement amounts are translated at the weighted average rates for the period. Translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity.

 

PACCAR uses the U.S. dollar as the functional currency for its Mexican subsidiaries. Accordingly, inventories, cost of sales, property, plant and equipment, and depreciation are remeasured at historical rates. Resulting gains and losses are included in net income.

 

Earnings per Share: Diluted earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of basic shares outstanding during the year, adjusted for the dilutive effects of stock-based compensation awards under the treasury stock method.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements: The Company adopted FASB Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (FAS 159) effective January 1, 2008. FAS 159 permits entities to measure most financial instruments at fair value if desired and requires that unrealized gains and losses on instruments for which the option has been elected to be reported in earnings. During 2008, the Company did not elect the fair value option for any financial instruments. See Note Q.

 

The Company adopted FASB Statement No.157, Fair Value Measurements (FAS 157) effective January 1, 2008 with no significant effect on the financial statements.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (FAS 161). FAS 161, which is effective January 1, 2009, amends and expands the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

 

In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS132R-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (FSP FAS 132R-1) which is effective for the year ending December 31, 2009. This standard provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan.

 

Reclassifications: Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2008 presentation.

 

37



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

B.             INVESTMENTS IN MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

The Company’s investments in marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. These investments are stated at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses, net of tax, included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Gross realized gains were $5.1 for the year ended December 31, 2008, and were not significant for the two years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

The cost of marketable debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Amortization, accretion, interest and dividend income and realized gains and losses are included in investment income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

 

Marketable debt securities consisted of the following at December 31:

 

2008

 

AMORTIZED
COST

 

FAIR
VALUE

 

U.S. tax-exempt securities

 

$

167.2

 

$

168.5

 

Non U.S. corporate securities

 

4.3

 

4.0

 

Other debt securities

 

2.9

 

2.9

 

 

 

$

174.4

 

$

175.4

 

 

2007

 

AMORTIZED
COST

 

FAIR
VALUE

 

U.S. tax-exempt securities

 

$

554.0

 

$

558.4

 

Non U.S. corporate securities

 

113.7

 

113.0

 

Non U.S. government securities

 

92.7

 

92.5

 

Other debt securities

 

15.0

 

14.6

 

 

 

$

775.4

 

$

778.5

 

 

Contractual maturities at December 31, 2008, were as follows:

 

Maturities:

 

AMORTIZED
COST

 

FAIR
VALUE

 

Within one year

 

$

25.2

 

$

25.3

 

One to five years

 

83.3

 

84.2

 

Ten or more years

 

65.9

 

65.9

 

 

 

$

174.4

 

$

175.4

 

 

Marketable debt securities included $65.9 and $75.8 of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs) at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. VRDOs are debt instruments with long-term scheduled maturities which have interest rates that reset periodically.

 

C.             INVENTORIES

 

Inventories include the following:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Finished products

 

$

394.3

 

$

435.2

 

Work in process and raw materials

 

421.7

 

342.5

 

 

 

816.0

 

777.7

 

Less LIFO reserve

 

(157.9

)

(149.4

)

 

 

$

658.1

 

$

628.3

 

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost of inventories in the United States is determined principally by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. Cost of all other inventories is determined principally by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Inventories valued using the LIFO method comprised 52% and 40% of consolidated inventories before deducting the LIFO reserve at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

D.             FINANCE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

Finance and other receivables consist primarily of receivables from loans and financing leases resulting from truck sales and loan and leasing activity. Finance and other receivables include the following:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Loans

 

$

3,506.7

 

$

4,325.9

 

Retail direct financing leases

 

2,558.4

 

2,816.7

 

Sales-type finance leases

 

817.9

 

908.1

 

Dealer wholesale financing

 

1,635.0

 

1,554.6

 

Interest and other receivables

 

127.3

 

108.9

 

Unearned interest:

 

 

 

 

 

Finance leases

 

(430.6

)

(495.4

)

 

 

8,214.7

 

9,218.8

 

Less allowance for losses

 

(178.3

)

(193.4

)

 

 

$

8,036.4

 

$

9,025.4

 

 

              Terms for substantially all loans and leases range up to 60 months. Annual payments due on loans beginning January 1, 2009, are $1,301.3, $955.5, $688.5, $378.6, $164.9 and $17.9 thereafter. Annual minimum lease payments due on finance leases beginning January 1, 2009, are $1,023.0, $855.5, $643.8, $386.6, $191.3 and $85.5 thereafter. Repayment experience indicates that some receivables will be paid prior to contract maturity, while others may be extended or revised.

 

              The effects of sales-type leases, dealer direct loans and wholesale financing of new trucks are shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows as operating activities since they finance the sale of company inventory. Included in Loans are dealer direct loans on the sale of new trucks of $171.6 and $198.2 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. Estimated residual values included with finance leases amounted to $190.6 in 2008 and $216.6 in 2007.

 

 

38



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

E.     ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES

 

Receivables are charged to the allowance for losses when, in the judgment of management, they are considered uncollectible (generally upon repossession of the collateral). The provision for losses on finance, trade and other receivables is charged to income based on management’s estimate of incurred credit losses, net of recoveries, inherent in the portfolio.

 

The allowance for losses is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

TRUCK
AND OTHER

 

FINANCIAL
SERVICES

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

$

10.9

 

$

145.2

 

Provision for losses

 

.3

 

33.8

 

Net losses

 

(6.0

)

(13.9

)

Currency translation

 

.5

 

3.9

 

Balance, December 31, 2006

 

5.7

 

169.0

 

Provision for losses

 

.2

 

41.0

 

Net losses

 

(.5

)

(25.8

)

Acquisitions

 

.2

 

1.8

 

Currency translation

 

1.9

 

7.4

 

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

7.5

 

193.4

 

Provision for losses

 

(.3

)

102.9

 

Net losses

 

(2.0

)

(104.8

)

Currency translation

 

(.3

)

(13.2

)

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

$

4.9

 

$

178.3

 

 

The Company’s customers are principally concentrated in the transportation industry in North America and Europe. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk in terms of a single customer. Generally, receivables are collateralized by the related equipment and parts.

 

F.     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment include the following:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Land

 

$

186.8

 

$

179.3

 

Buildings and improvements

 

951.1

 

847.6

 

Machinery and equipment

 

2,355.2

 

2,206.9

 

 

 

3,493.1

 

3,233.8

 

Less allowance for depreciation

 

(1,710.3

)

(1,591.2

)

 

 

$

1,782.8

 

$

1,642.6

 

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets, which range as follows:

 

Buildings and improvements

 

10-40 years

Machinery and equipment

 

 5-12 years

 

G.    EQUIPMENT ON OPERATING LEASES

 

The Company leases equipment under operating leases to customers in the financial services segment. In addition, in the truck segment, equipment sold to customers in Europe subject to a residual value guarantee (RVG) is accounted for as operating leases. Equipment is recorded at cost and is depreciated on the straight-line basis to the lower of the estimated residual value or guarantee value. Lease and guarantee periods generally range from three to seven years. Estimated useful lives of the equipment range from five to ten years. The Company reviews residual values of equipment on operating leases periodically to determine that recorded amounts are appropriate.

 

Truck and Other:

 

Equipment on operating leases is as follows:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Equipment on lease

 

$

610.6

 

$

678.8

 

Less allowance for depreciation

 

(185.3

)

(189.6

)

 

 

$

425.3

 

$

489.2

 

 

When the equipment is sold subject to an RVG, the full sales price is received from the customer. A liability is established for the residual value obligation with the remainder of the proceeds recorded as deferred lease revenue. These amounts are summarized below:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Deferred lease revenues

 

$

204.8

 

$

211.0

 

Residual value guarantee

 

266.0

 

328.4

 

 

 

$

470.8

 

$

539.4

 

 

The deferred lease revenue is amortized on a straight-line basis over the RVG contract period. At December 31, 2008, the annual amortization of deferred revenue beginning January 1, 2009, is $51.8, $62.8, $42.9, $26.7, $15.3 and $5.3 thereafter. Annual maturities of the residual value guarantees beginning January 1, 2009, are $67.3, $81.6, $55.7, $34.6, $19.9 and $6.9 thereafter.

 

Financial Services:

 

Equipment on operating leases is as follows:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Transportation equipment

 

$

2,053.4

 

$

1,777.1

 

Less allowance for depreciation

 

(518.6

)

(458.4

)

 

 

$

1,534.8

 

$

1,318.7

 

 

Annual minimum lease payments due on operating leases beginning January 1, 2009, are $389.3, $262.9, $174.4, $90.7, $33.0 and $4.0 thereafter.

 

39



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

H.    ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses include the following:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Truck and Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

617.9

 

$

959.7

 

Salaries and wages

 

168.7

 

162.9

 

Product support reserves

 

298.6

 

315.5

 

Other

 

707.1

 

780.2

 

 

 

$

1,792.3

 

$

2,218.3

 

 

I.      PRODUCT SUPPORT LIABILITIES

 

Product support liabilities include reserves related to product warranties and optional extended warranties and repair and maintenance (R&M) contracts. The Company generally offers one-year warranties covering most of its vehicles and related aftermarket parts. Specific terms and conditions vary depending on the product and the country of sale. Optional extended warranty and R&M contracts can be purchased for periods which generally range up to five years. Warranty expenses and reserves are estimated and recorded at the time products or contracts are sold based on historical data regarding the source, frequency and cost of claims. PACCAR periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded liabilities and adjusts them as appropriate to reflect actual experience.

 

Changes in warranty and R&M reserves are summarized as follows:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Beginning balance

 

$

483.3

 

$

458.3

 

$

391.5

 

Cost accruals and revenue deferrals

 

312.3

 

339.2

 

302.4

 

Payments and revenue recognized

 

(304.6

)

(345.1

)

(271.0

)

Currency translation

 

(40.6

)

30.9

 

35.4

 

 

 

$

450.4

 

$

483.3

 

$

458.3

 

 

Warranty and R&M reserves are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Truck and Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

298.6

 

$

315.5

 

Deferred taxes and other liabilities

 

83.9

 

82.7

 

Financial Services:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxes and other liabilities

 

67.9

 

85.1

 

 

 

$

450.4

 

$

483.3

 

 

J.     BORROWINGS AND CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS

 

Truck and other long-term debt consists of non-interest bearing notes, which amounted to $19.3 in 2008 and $23.6 in 2007. These notes mature in 2011.

 

Financial Services borrowings include the following at December 31:

 

 

 

EFFECTIVE
RATE

 

2008

 

2007

 

Commercial paper

 

3.7

%

$

3,332.6

 

$

4,096.4

 

Bank loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term

 

8.2

%

50.4

 

10.4

 

Medium-term

 

8.2

%

193.2

 

23.3

 

 

 

 

 

3,576.2

 

4,130.1

 

Term notes

 

4.4

%

3,889.3

 

3,722.1

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,465.5

 

$

7,852.2

 

 

The term notes of $3,889.3 at December 31, 2008, include an increase in fair value of $17.5 for notes designated to fair value hedges. The effective rate is the weighted average rate as of December 31, 2008, and includes the effects of interest-rate contracts. The annual maturities of the borrowings beginning January 1, 2009, are as follows:

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Bank

 

Term

 

 

 

 

 

Paper

 

Loans

 

Notes

 

Total

 

2009

 

$

3,332.6

 

$

52.8

 

$

2,172.8

 

$

5,558.2

 

2010

 

 

 

75.4

 

783.0

 

858.4

 

2011

 

 

 

105.4

 

916.0

 

1,021.4

 

2012

 

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

10.0

 

Total

 

$

3,332.6

 

$

243.6

 

$

3,871.8

 

$

7,448.0

 

 

Interest paid on borrowings was $327.1, $339.0 and $281.6 in 2008, 2007 and 2006. The weighted average interest rate on consolidated commercial paper and short-term bank loans was 3.8% and 5.2% at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

                The primary sources of borrowings are commercial paper and medium-term notes issued in the public markets. The medium-term notes are issued by PACCAR Financial Corp. (PFC), PACCAR Financial Europe and PACCAR Mexico. PFC filed a shelf registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in 2006. The registration expires in November 2009 and does not limit the principal amount of debt securities that may be issued during the period.

 

PFC participates in the Commercial Paper Funding Facility offered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Under this funding facility, PFC may issue 90-day commercial paper through October 30, 2009. The total amount of commercial paper that PFC may have outstanding under this program is $1,456.8. At December 31, 2008, commercial paper of $735.0 was outstanding.

 

40



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

In June 2008, PACCAR Financial Europe renewed and increased the registration of a €1,500 medium-term note program with the London Stock Exchange. On December 31, 2008, €402 remained available for issuance. This program is renewable annually through the filing of a new prospectus.

 

In June 2008, PACCAR Mexico registered a 7,000 peso medium-term note program with the Comision Nacional Bancaria y de Valores. The registration expires in 2012 and at December 31, 2008, 6,100 pesos remained available for issuance.

 

In November 2008, PACCAR Inc filed a shelf registration under the Securities Act of 1933. In February 2009, the Company issued $750 of fixed rate medium-term notes under this registration. The registration expires on 2011 and does not limit the principle amount of debt securities that may be issued during the period.

 

The Company has line of credit arrangements of $3,507. The unused portion of these credit arrangements was $3,264 at December 31, 2008. Included in these arrangements are $3,000 of bank facilities, of which $2,000 matures in June 2009 and $1,000 in 2012. PACCAR intends to replace these credit facilities as they expire with facilities of similar amounts. The bank facilities are primarily maintained to provide backup liquidity for commercial paper borrowings of the financial services companies. There were no borrowings outstanding under these facilities at December 31, 2008. Compensating balances are not required on the lines, and service fees are immaterial.

 

K.    LEASES

 

The Company leases certain facilities, computer equipment and aircraft under operating leases. Leases expire at various dates through the year 2017.

 

Annual minimum rent payments under non-cancelable operating leases having initial or remaining terms in excess of one year at January 1, 2009, are $25.2, $18.0, $11.0, $6.8, $4.3 and $1.1 thereafter.

 

Total rental expenses under all leases amounted to $43.3, $41.1 and $41.4 for 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

L.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company is involved in various stages of investigations and cleanup actions in different countries related to environmental matters. In certain of these matters, the Company has been designated as a “potentially responsible party” by domestic and foreign environmental agencies. The Company has an accrual to provide for the estimated costs to investigate and complete cleanup actions where it is probable that the Company will incur such costs in the future. Expenditures related to environmental activities in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were not significant.

 

While the timing and amount of the ultimate costs associated with future environmental cleanup cannot be determined, management expects that these matters will not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.

 

At December 31, 2008, PACCAR had standby letters of credit of $35.7, which guarantee various insurance and financing activities. The Company is committed, under specific circumstances, to purchase equipment at a cost of $53.4 in 2011. At December 31, 2008, PACCAR’s financial services companies, in the normal course of business, had outstanding commitments to fund new loan and lease transactions amounting to $105.1. The commitments generally expire in 90 days. At December 31, 2008, the Company had commitments related to the construction of its engine facility in Columbus, Mississippi of $16.3 in 2009 and $107.6 thereafter. The Company had other commitments, primarily to purchase production inventory, amounting to $154.3 in 2009 and $77.4 thereafter.

 

PACCAR is a defendant in various legal proceedings and, in addition, there are various other contingent liabilities arising in the normal course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, management does not anticipate that disposition of these proceedings and contingent liabilities will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

41



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

M.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

PACCAR has several defined benefit pension plans, which cover a majority of its employees.

 

The Company evaluates its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and considers changes based upon market conditions and other factors.

 

The Company funds its pensions in accordance with applicable employee benefit and tax laws. The Company contributed $63.9 to its pension plans in 2008 and $13.8 in 2007. The Company expects to contribute in the range of $50.0 to $150.0 to its pension plans in 2009 of which $11.0 is estimated to satisfy minimum funding requirements. Annual benefits expected to be paid beginning January 1, 2009, are $47.8, $50.9, $56.4, $62.0, $65.8, and for the five years thereafter, a total of $398.5.

 

Plan assets are invested in a diversified mix of equity and debt securities through professional investment managers with the objective to achieve targeted risk adjusted returns and maintain liquidity sufficient to fund current benefit payments. Allocation of plan assets may change over time based upon investment manager determination of the relative attractiveness of equity and debt securities. The Company periodically assesses allocation of plan assets by investment type and evaluates external sources of information regarding the long-term historical returns and expected future returns for each investment type.

 

The following information details the allocation of plan assets by investment type:

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

 

Target

 

2008

 

2007

 

Plan Assets Allocation as of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

50-70

%

59.3

%

65.6

%

Debt securities

 

30-50

%

40.7

%

34.4

%

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The following additional data relates to all pension plans of the Company, except for certain multi-employer and foreign-insured plans:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Weighted Average Assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.2

%

6.2

%

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

 

4.3

%

4.3

%

Assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

7.4

%

7.4

%

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at January 1

 

$

1,201.0

 

$

1,193.4

 

Service cost

 

46.6

 

49.7

 

Interest cost

 

73.9

 

68.7

 

Benefits paid

 

(48.8

)

(41.4

)

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

3.0

 

(86.6

)

Curtailment

 

(3.3

)

(5.5

)

Currency translation

 

(80.9

)

18.1

 

Participant contributions

 

4.9

 

4.6

 

Projected benefit obligation at December 31

 

$

1,196.4

 

$

1,201.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

 

$

1,312.5

 

$

1,242.1

 

Employer contributions

 

63.9

 

13.8

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

(336.4

)

74.3

 

Benefits paid

 

(48.8

)

(41.4

)

Currency translation

 

(82.3

)

19.1

 

Participant contributions

 

4.9

 

4.6

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

 

913.8

 

1,312.5

 

Funded Status at December 31

 

$

(282.6

)

$

111.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts Recorded in Balance Sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

$

5.5

 

$

158.1

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

(288.1

)

(46.6

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

334.5

 

78.0

 

Prior service cost

 

10.1

 

12.6

 

Net initial transition amount

 

1.0

 

1.4

 

 

Of the December 31, 2008 amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income, $12.8 of unrecognized actuarial loss, $2.0 of unrecognized prior service cost and $.1 of unrecognized net initial transition amount are expected to be amortized into net pension expense in 2009.

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans of the Company, except for certain multi-employer and foreign-insured plans was $1,037.6 at December 31, 2008, and $1,055.5 at December 31, 2007.

 

Information for all plans with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

933.7

 

$

43.9

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

791.9

 

33.8

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

650.9

 

1.0

 

 

42



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Components of Pension Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

46.6

 

$

49.7

 

$

50.5

 

Interest on projected benefit obligation

 

73.9

 

68.7

 

60.8

 

Expected return on assets

 

(92.8

)

(89.7

)

(76.7

)

Amortization of prior service costs

 

2.4

 

2.9

 

3.6

 

Recognized actuarial loss

 

3.0

 

8.4

 

12.7

 

Curtailment

 

.9

 

2.7

 

.1

 

Net pension expense

 

$

34.0

 

$

42.7

 

$

51.0

 

 

Pension expense for multi-employer and foreign-insured plans was $45.8, $37.9 and $32.0 in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

The Company has certain defined contribution benefit plans whereby it generally matches employee contributions up to 5% of base wages. The majority of participants in these plans are non-union employees located in the United States. Expenses for these plans were $22.1, $22.6 and $22.1 in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

The Company also provides optional coverage of approximately 50% of medical costs for the majority of its U.S. employees from retirement until age 65 as well as a death benefit.

 

The following data relates to unfunded postretirement medical and life insurance plans:

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Components of Retiree Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

3.2

 

$

4.8

 

$

5.4

 

Interest cost

 

4.7

 

5.2

 

4.8

 

Recognized actuarial loss

 

 

 

.9

 

1.4

 

Recognized prior service cost

 

.1

 

.1

 

.1

 

Recognized net initial obligation

 

.4

 

.4

 

.5

 

Net retiree expense

 

$

8.4

 

$

11.4

 

$

12.2

 

 

The discount rate used for calculating the accumulated plan benefits was 6.1% for 2008 and 6.5% for 2007. In 2008 the assumed long-term medical inflation rate was 9% declining to 6% over three years. In 2007 the rate assumption was 10% declining to 6% over four years. Annual benefits expected to be paid beginning January 1, 2009, are $4.3, $5.0, $6.0, $6.6, and $7.3; and for the five years thereafter, a total of $41.5.

 

Assumed health care cost trends have an effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

 

 

1%

 

1%

 

 

 

INCREASE

 

DECREASE

 

Effect on annual total of service and interest cost components

 

$

1.0

 

$

(.8

)

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

 

$

8.0

 

$

(6.4

)

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at January 1

 

$

88.0

 

$

92.4

 

Service cost

 

3.2

 

4.8

 

Interest cost

 

4.7

 

5.2

 

Benefits paid

 

(4.1

)

(3.0

)

Curtailment

 

 

 

(5.3

)

Actuarial gain

 

(10.9

)

(6.1

)

Projected benefit obligation at December 31

 

$

80.9

 

$

88.0

 

Unfunded Status at December 31

 

$

(80.9

)

$

(88.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts Recorded in Balance Sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

$

(80.9

)

$

(88.0

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

1.8

 

8.6

 

Prior service cost

 

.1

 

.2

 

Net initial transition amount

 

.8

 

1.0

 

 

43



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

N.    INCOME TAXES

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Income Before Income Taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

96.0

 

$

419.1

 

$

1,149.3

 

Foreign

 

1,368.0

 

1,345.2

 

1,026.0

 

 

 

$

1,464.0

 

$

1,764.3

 

$

2,175.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Income Taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(24.7

)

$

120.5

 

$

280.4

 

State

 

(7.9

)

11.1

 

39.6

 

Foreign

 

347.7

 

367.1

 

292.4

 

 

 

315.1

 

498.7

 

612.4

 

Deferred provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

123.7

 

41.9

 

49.6

 

State

 

12.5

 

3.6

 

4.7

 

Foreign

 

(5.2

)

(7.2

)

12.6

 

 

 

131.0

 

38.3

 

66.9

 

 

 

$

446.1

 

$

537.0

 

$

679.3

 

 

Reconciliation of Statutory U.S. Federal Tax to Actual Provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory rate

 

35

%

35

%

35

%

Statutory tax

 

$

512.4

 

$

617.5

 

$

761.4

 

Effect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax on foreign earnings

 

(67.3

)

(72.4

)

(48.8

)

Other, net

 

1.0

 

(8.1

)

(33.3

)

 

 

$

446.1

 

$

537.0

 

$

679.3

 

 

U.S. income taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. At December 31, 2008, the amount of undistributed earnings which are considered to be indefinitely reinvested is $2,835.0.

 

At December 31, 2008, the Company’s net tax operating loss carryforwards were $203.0. Substantially all of the loss carryforwards are in foreign subsidiaries and carry forward indefinitely, subject to certain limitations under applicable laws. The future tax benefits of net operating loss carryforwards are evaluated on a regular basis, including a review of historical and projected future operating results.

 

At December 31:

 

2008

 

2007

 

Components of Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Postretirement benefit plans

 

$

196.6

 

$

50.8

 

Accrued expenses

 

156.4

 

208.2

 

Allowance for losses on receivables

 

58.0

 

62.1

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

54.0

 

54.9

 

Other

 

152.1

 

77.8

 

 

 

617.1

 

453.8

 

Valuation allowance

 

(5.4

)

(18.8

)

 

 

611.7

 

435.0

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Services leasing depreciation

 

(524.1

)

(410.3

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(116.4

)

(125.0

)

Postretirement benefit plans

 

(72.3

)

(61.8

)

Other

 

(55.1

)

(23.9

)

 

 

(767.9

)

(621.0

)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(156.2

)

$

(186.0

)

 

At December 31:

 

2008

 

2007

 

Classification of Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

Truck and Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxes and other current assets

 

$

83.5

 

$

107.2

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

195.3

 

108.4

 

Accounts payable and accrued expense

 

(13.3

)

 

 

Deferred taxes and other liabilities

 

(13.1

)

(47.3

)

Financial Services:

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

56.4

 

34.3

 

Deferred taxes and other liabilities

 

(465.0

)

(388.6

)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(156.2

)

$

(186.0

)

 

Cash paid for income taxes was $452.0, $412.9 and $611.5 in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

44



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

57.9

 

$

54.3

 

Additions based on tax positions and settlements related to the current year

 

9.7

 

11.4

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

(20.7

)

(2.9

)

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

(9.8

)

(4.9

)

Balance at December 31

 

$

37.1

 

$

57.9

 

 

The Company had $15.3 of related assets at December 31, 2008 and $30.6 of related assets at December 31, 2007. All of the unrecognized tax benefits and related assets would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. The Company does not currently anticipate any significant changes to its unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months.

 

Interest and penalties are classified as income taxes in the accompanying statements of income and were not significant during any of the three years ended December 31, 2008. Amounts accrued for the payment of penalties and interest at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were also not significant.

 

The United States Internal Revenue Service has completed examinations of the Company’s tax returns for all years through 2004. Examinations of the Company’s tax returns for other major jurisdictions have not been completed for years ranging from 2001 through 2008.

 

O. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Stockholder Rights Plan: The plan provides one right for each share of PACCAR common stock outstanding. Rights become exercisable if a person publicly announces the intention to acquire 15% or more of PACCAR’s common stock or if a person (Acquiror) acquires such amount of common stock. In all cases, rights held by the Acquiror are not exercisable. When exercisable, each right entitles the holder to purchase for two hundred dollars a fractional share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. Each fractional preferred share has dividend, liquidation and voting rights which are no less than those for a share of common stock. Under certain circumstances, the rights may become exercisable for shares of PACCAR common stock or common stock of the Acquiror having a market value equal to twice the exercise price of the right. Also under certain circumstances, the Board of Directors may exchange exercisable rights, in whole or in part, for one share of PACCAR common stock per right. The rights, which will expire on February 19, 2009, may be redeemed at one cent per right, subject to certain conditions. For this plan, 50,000 preferred shares are reserved for issuance. No shares have been issued.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income: Following are the components of accumulated other comprehensive income:

 

At December 31:

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments

 

$

1.0

 

$

3.2

 

$

(2.2

)

Tax effect

 

(.4

)

(1.3

)

.9

 

 

 

.6

 

1.9

 

(1.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative contracts

 

(121.7

)

(18.8

)

28.5

 

Tax effect

 

39.4

 

10.6

 

(10.9

)

 

 

(82.3

)

(8.2

)

17.6

 

Pension and postretirement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

(525.9

)

(131.6

)

(225.2

)

Prior service cost

 

(16.0

)

(20.0

)

(25.3

)

Net initial obligation

 

(2.3

)

(3.5

)

(4.4

)

Tax effect

 

195.9

 

53.3

 

90.1

 

 

 

(348.3

)

(101.8

)

(164.8

)

Currency translation adjustment

 

160.2

 

516.2

 

304.7

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

$

(269.8

)

$

408.1

 

$

156.2

 

 

Other Capital Stock Changes: PACCAR had 409,000, 1,278,900 and 32,873 treasury shares at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Stock Dividend: A 50% common stock dividend was paid in October 2007. This resulted in the issuance of 122,775,211 additional shares and 613 fractional shares paid in cash. In 2006, a 50% common stock dividend was paid, which resulted in the issuance of 83,104,090 additional shares and 543 fractional shares paid in cash.

 

45



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

P. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Derivative financial instruments are used as hedges to manage exposures to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Instruments designated as either cash flow hedges or fair value hedges may qualify for hedge accounting. Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. The Company’s policies prohibit the use of derivatives for speculation or trading. At inception of each hedge relationship, the Company documents its risk management objectives, procedures and accounting treatment. Exposure limits and minimum credit ratings are used to minimize the risks of counterparty default. The Company had no material exposures to default at December 31, 2008.

 

Interest-Rate Contracts: The Company enters into various interest-rate contracts, including interest-rate swaps and cap agreements. Interest-rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate interest payments based on the contractual notional amounts. These contracts are used to manage exposures to fluctuations in interest rates. Net amounts paid or received are reflected as adjustments to interest expense. The following table presents the notional amounts and fair value of interest-rate contracts:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Notional amounts

 

$

5,055.7

 

$

5,355.6

 

Fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

25.1

 

18.9

 

Liabilities

 

151.5

 

53.6

 

 

Notional maturities for all interest-rate contracts for the five years beginning January 1, 2009, are $1,599.5, $1,528.8, $1,494.0, $401.9, and $31.5. The majority of these contracts are floating to fixed swaps that effectively convert an equivalent amount of commercial paper and other variable rate debt to fixed rates.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts: The Company enters into foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge certain anticipated transactions and borrowings denominated in foreign currencies, particularly the Canadian dollar, the euro, the British pound and the Mexican peso. The following table presents the notional amounts and fair value of foreign currency exchange contracts:

 

At December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

Notional amounts

 

$

925.1

 

$

494.9

 

Fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

35.3

 

19.2

 

Liabilities

 

21.5

 

.3

 

 

Foreign currency exchange contracts mature within one year.

 

All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. Derivative assets are included in the consolidated balance sheets in Truck and Other “Deferred taxes and other current assets” and in Financial Services “Other assets.” Derivative liabilities are included in Truck and Other “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” and in Financial Services “Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other.” During 2008, the Company did not elect to offset the fair value of derivative instruments. There was no collateral pledged to derivative positions at December 31, 2008.

 

Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent such hedges are considered effective. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recorded in earnings together with the changes in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. Changes in the fair value of economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in earnings in the period in which the change occurs.

 

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified into net income in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Of the accumulated net loss included in other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008, $34.7, net of taxes, is expected to be reclassified to interest expense or cost of sales in 2009. Net realized gains and losses from foreign exchange contracts are recognized as an adjustment to cost of sales or to financial services interest expense, consistent with the hedged transaction. Net realized gains and losses from interest-rate contracts are recognized as an adjustment to interest expense. The fixed interest earned on finance receivables will offset the amount recognized in interest expense, resulting in a stable interest margin consistent with the Company’s risk management strategy.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s interest-rate contracts and foreign currency exchange contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges. The Company uses regression analysis to assess and measure effectiveness of interest-rate contracts. For foreign currency exchange contracts, the Company performs quarterly assessments to ensure that critical terms continue to match. Gains or losses on the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges are recognized currently in earnings and were immaterial for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008.

 

Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when the Company determines that a derivative financial instrument has ceased to be a highly effective hedge.

 

As a result of a reduction of certain forecasted sales transactions in the fourth quarter of 2008, the foreign

 

46



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

currency forward contracts that hedged these transactions were determined to no longer be effective hedges. Accordingly, the $16.1 fair value of the related foreign currency forward contracts was reclassified from other comprehensive income to income. Also in the fourth quarter, due to disruptions of certain foreign credit markets, the Company did not replace maturing commercial paper specified as hedged items for certain interest-rate contracts. As a result, hedge accounting was discontinued and $15.3 of expense related to the change in fair value of those contracts was recorded. Both of these amounts are included in Truck and Other “Interest and other (income) expense, net.”

 

Q. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Fair value represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The hierarchy of fair value measurements is described below.

 

Level 1 – Valuations are based on quoted prices that the Company has the ability to obtain in actively traded markets for identical assets or liabilities. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market or exchange traded market, valuation of these instruments does not require a significant degree of judgment.

 

Level 2 – Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

Level 3 – Valuations are based on model-based techniques for which some or all of the assumptions are obtained from indirect market information that is significant to the overall fair value measurement and which require a significant degree of management judgment. The Company has no financial instruments requiring Level 3 valuation.

 

The Company uses the following methods and assumptions to measure fair value for assets and liabilities subject to recurring fair value measurements.

 

Marketable Securities: The Company’s marketable debt securities consist of municipal bonds, government obligations and investment-grade corporate bonds.

 

The fair value of government obligations and corporate bonds is based on quoted prices in active markets. These are categorized as Level 1.

 

The fair value of municipal bonds is estimated using recent transactions, market price quotations, and pricing models that consider, where applicable, interest rates and other observable market information. These bonds are categorized as Level 2.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company’s derivative contracts consist of interest-rate contracts and foreign currency exchange contracts.

 

These derivative contracts are over the counter and their fair value is determined using modeling techniques that include market inputs such as interest rates, yield curves and currency exchange rates. These contracts are categorized as Level 2.

 

A portion of the Company’s fixed-rate term notes has been converted to variable-rate term notes using fair value hedges for interest-rate risk. Fair value is determined using modeling techniques that include market inputs for interest rates.

 

PACCAR’s assets and liabilities subject to recurring fair value measurements at December 31, 2008, are either Level 1 or Level 2 as follows:

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable debt securities

 

$

6.9

 

$

168.5

 

$

175.4

 

Derivative contracts

 

 

 

60.4

 

60.4

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term notes

 

 

 

541.4

 

541.4

 

Derivative contracts

 

 

 

173.0

 

173.0

 

 

The Company used the following methods and assumptions to determine the fair value of financial instruments that are not recognized at fair value as described below.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Carrying amounts approximate fair value.

 

Financial Services Net Receivables: For floating-rate loans, wholesale financings, and interest and other receivables, fair values approximate carrying values. For fixed-rate loans, fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on current rates for comparable loans. Finance lease receivables and related loss provisions have been excluded from the accompanying table.

 

Debt: The carrying amounts of long-term debt, financial services commercial paper, bank loans, and variable-rate term notes approximate fair value.

 

Trade Receivables and Payables: Carrying amounts approximate fair value.

 

Financial services fixed-rate loans that are not carried at approximate fair value are as follows at December 31:

 

 

 

CARRYING

 

FAIR

 

 

 

AMOUNT

 

VALUE

 

2008

 

$

3,011.1

 

$

3,030.8

 

2007

 

3,602.6

 

3,562.7

 

 

47



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions except per share amounts)

 

R. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

 

PACCAR has certain plans under which officers and key employees may be granted options to purchase shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued common stock. Non-employee directors and certain officers may be granted restricted shares of the Company’s common stock. The maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for issuance under these plans is 46.7 million, and as of December 31, 2008, the maximum number of shares available for future grants was 18.8 million. Options outstanding under these plans were granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Options expire no later than ten years from the grant date and generally vest within three years. Stock option activity is summarized below:

 

 

 

NUMBER
OF SHARES

 

EXERCISE
PRICE*

 

Outstanding at 12/31/05

 

7,131,400

 

15.64

 

Granted

 

964,700

 

32.23

 

Exercised

 

(1,883,400

)

11.15

 

Cancelled

 

(50,700

)

29.13

 

Outstanding at 12/31/06

 

6,162,000

 

19.50

 

Granted

 

824,200

 

44.56

 

Exercised

 

(1,168,200

)

14.79

 

Cancelled

 

(109,000

)

34.80

 

Outstanding at 12/31/07

 

5,709,000

 

23.79

 

Granted

 

734,300

 

45.74

 

Exercised

 

(403,000

)

16.95

 

Cancelled

 

(241,000

)

39.50

 

Outstanding at 12/31/08

 

5,799,300

 

$

26.39

 

 

For options exercised, the aggregate difference between the market price and strike price on the date of exercise was $10.8 in 2008, $40.4 in 2007, and $43.2 in 2006.

 

The following tables summarize information about options outstanding at December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

REMAINING

 

AVERAGE

 

RANGE OF

 

NUMBER

 

CONTRACTUAL

 

EXERCISE

 

EXERCISE PRICES

 

OF SHARES

 

LIFE IN YEARS

 

PRICE*

 

Exercisable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ 8.25-10.62

 

1,242,000

 

1.2

 

$

9.63

 

  12.54-13.96

 

1,070,800

 

3.6

 

13.30

 

25.31

 

503,300

 

4.9

 

25.31

 

32.11

 

775,900

 

5.8

 

32.11

 

 

 

3,592,000

 

3.4

 

17.78

 

Not Exercisable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.23

 

809,500

 

7.1

 

32.23

 

44.56

 

713,200

 

8.1

 

44.56

 

45.74

 

684,600

 

9.1

 

45.74

 

 

 

2,207,300

 

8.0

 

40.40

 

 

 

5,799,300

 

5.2

 

$

26.39

 

 


* Weighted Average

 

The fair value of restricted stock awards was determined based on the stock price at the award date. Certain restricted stock awards granted in 2008 and 2007 contain conditions tied to the Company’s performance over a five year period. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recorded only when it is probable that the requirements will be achieved. Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards with only service conditions is recognized over the requisite service period.

 

Realized tax benefits for 2008 of $3.7 and 2007 of $13.6 related to the excess of deductible amounts over compensation costs recognized have been classified as a financing cash flow. Stock based compensation expense was $10.2, $12.3 and $10.0 in 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively. As of December 31, 2008, there was $5.9 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.5 years. Unrecognized compensation cost at December 31, 2008, related to unvested restricted stock awards of $1.2 is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of .4 years.

 

The estimated fair value of stock options granted during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $8.58, $10.10 and $7.96 per share. These amounts were determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, which values options based on the stock price at the grant date and the following assumptions:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.86

%

4.80

%

4.44

%

Expected volatility

 

29

%

30

%

34

%

Expected dividend yield

 

4.0

%

4.0

%

4.0

%

Expected term

 

5 years

5 years

5 years

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share: The following table shows additional shares added to weighted average basic shares outstanding to calculate diluted earnings per share. These additional shares primarily represent the effect of stock options.

 

At December 31:

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Additional shares

 

1,721,300

 

2,206,800

 

2,064,300

 

 

There were 1,397,800 antidilutive options in 2008, none in 2007 and 948,000 in 2006.

 

48



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (currencies in millions)

 

S. SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

 

PACCAR operates in two principal segments, Truck and Financial Services.

 

The Truck segment includes the manufacture of trucks and the distribution of related aftermarket parts, both of which are sold through a network of independent dealers. This segment derives a large proportion of its revenues and operating profits from operations in North America and Europe.

 

The Financial Services segment is composed of finance and leasing products and services provided to truck customers and dealers. Revenues are primarily generated from operations in North America and Europe.

 

Included in All Other is PACCAR’s industrial winch manufacturing business. Also within this category are other sales, income and expenses not attributable to a reportable segment, including a portion of corporate expense. Intercompany interest income on cash advances to the financial services companies is included in All Other and was $17.2, $24.9 and $13.1 for 2008, 2007 and 2006. Geographic revenues from external customers are presented based on the country of the customer.

 

PACCAR evaluates the performance of its Truck segment based on operating profits, which excludes investment income, other income and expense and income taxes. The Financial Services segment’s performance is evaluated based on income before income taxes.

 

Geographic Area Data

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

4,765.6

 

$

5,517.5

 

$

8,496.5

 

Europe

 

7,023.4

 

6,159.6

 

4,589.8

 

Other

 

3,183.5

 

3,544.6

 

3,367.8

 

 

 

$

14,972.5

 

$

15,221.7

 

$

16,454.1

 

Property, plant and equipment, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

820.7

 

$

621.1

 

$

527.4

 

The Netherlands

 

467.3

 

480.7

 

378.8

 

Other

 

494.8

 

540.8

 

441.0

 

 

 

$

1,782.8

 

$

1,642.6

 

$

1,347.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geographic Area Data

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Equipment on operating leases, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

634.9

 

$

464.4

 

$

438.7

 

Germany

 

358.4

 

243.3

 

172.8

 

United Kingdom

 

290.9

 

342.8

 

295.5

 

Mexico

 

212.4

 

186.6

 

120.3

 

Other

 

463.5

 

570.8

 

424.0

 

 

 

$

1,960.1

 

$

1,807.9

 

$

1,451.3

 

Business Segment Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales and revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

14,142.7

 

$

14,295.7

 

$

15,754.7

 

Less intersegment

 

(595.3

)

(441.4

)

(387.4

)

Net Truck

 

13,547.4

 

13,854.3

 

15,367.3

 

All Other

 

162.2

 

176.1

 

136.0

 

 

 

13,709.6

 

14,030.4

 

15,503.3

 

Financial Services

 

1,262.9

 

1,191.3

 

950.8

 

 

 

$

14,972.5

 

$

15,221.7

 

$

16,454.1

 

Income before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck

 

$

1,156.5

 

$

1,352.8

 

$

1,848.8

 

All Other

 

6.0

 

32.0

 

(2.2

)

 

 

1,162.5

 

1,384.8

 

1,846.6

 

Financial Services

 

216.9

 

284.1

 

247.4

 

Investment income

 

84.6

 

95.4

 

81.3

 

 

 

$

1,464.0

 

$

1,764.3

 

$

2,175.3

 

Depreciation and amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck

 

$

309.0

 

$

261.4

 

$

218.8

 

Financial Services

 

329.4

 

252.7

 

203.3

 

All Other

 

11.0

 

12.3

 

12.5

 

 

 

$

649.4

 

$

526.4

 

$

434.6

 

Expenditures for long-lived assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck

 

$

671.6

 

$

562.3

 

$

447.5

 

Financial Services

 

859.4

 

671.7

 

494.2

 

All Other

 

19.0

 

33.4

 

12.6

 

 

 

$

1,550.0

 

$

1,267.4

 

$

954.3

 

Segment assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck

 

$

3,939.3

 

$

3,846.7

 

$

3,480.1

 

Other

 

205.5

 

238.2

 

188.1

 

Cash and marketable securities

 

2,074.6

 

2,515.0

 

2,628.0

 

 

 

6,219.4

 

6,599.9

 

6,296.2

 

Financial Services

 

10,030.4

 

10,710.3

 

9,811.2

 

 

 

$

16,249.8

 

$

17,310.2

 

$

16,107.4

 

 

49



 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER

FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of PACCAR Inc (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining satisfactory internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, we concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm that audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report is included on page 51.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark C. Pigott

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ON THE COMPANY’S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of PACCAR Inc

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PACCAR Inc as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PACCAR Inc at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), PACCAR Inc’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 13, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

Seattle, Washington
February 13, 2009

 

 

 

50



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING
FIRM ON THE COMPANY’S INTERNAL CONTROLS

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of PACCAR Inc

 

We have audited PACCAR Inc’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). PACCAR Inc’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, PACCAR Inc maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of PACCAR Inc as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 and our report dated February 13, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Seattle, Washington
February 13, 2009

 

51



 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(millions except per share data)

 

Truck and Other Net Sales
and Revenues

 

$

13,709.6

 

$

14,030.4

 

$

15,503.3

 

$

13,298.4

 

$

10,833.7

 

Financial Services Revenues

 

1,262.9

 

1,191.3

 

950.8

 

759.0

 

562.6

 

Total Revenues

 

$

14,972.5

 

$

15,221.7

 

$

16,454.1

 

$

14,057.4

 

$

11,396.3

 

Net Income

 

$

1,017.9

 

$

1,227.3

 

$

1,496.0

 

$

1,133.2

 

$

906.8

 

Net Income Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

2.79

 

3.31

 

3.99

 

2.93

 

2.31

 

Diluted

 

2.78

 

3.29

 

3.97

 

2.92

 

2.29

 

Cash Dividends Declared Per Share

 

.82

 

1.65

 

1.84

 

1.28

 

1.22

 

Total Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck and Other

 

6,219.4

 

6,599.9

 

6,296.2

 

5,359.5

 

5,247.9

 

Financial Services

 

10,030.4

 

10,710.3

 

9,811.2

 

8,355.9

 

6,980.1

 

Truck and Other Long-Term Debt

 

19.3

 

23.6

 

20.2

 

20.2

 

27.8

 

Financial Services Debt

 

7,465.5

 

7,852.2

 

7,259.8

 

6,226.1

 

4,788.6

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

4,846.7

 

5,013.1

 

4,456.2

 

3,901.1

 

3,762.4

 

 

COMMON STOCK MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDENDS

 

Common stock of the Company is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol PCAR. The table below reflects the range of trading prices as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, and cash dividends declared. There were 2,208 record holders of the common stock at December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

CASH DIVIDENDS

 

STOCK PRICE

 

CASH DIVIDENDS

 

STOCK PRICE

 

QUARTER

 

DECLARED

 

HIGH

 

LOW

 

DECLARED

 

HIGH

 

LOW

 

First

 

$

.18

 

$

55.54

 

$

41.14

 

$

.13

 

$

52.15

 

$

42.15

 

Second

 

.18

 

53.81

 

41.36

 

.17

 

61.53

 

48.49

 

Third

 

.18

 

45.95

 

36.22

 

.17

 

65.75

 

48.02

 

Fourth

 

.18

 

37.99

 

21.96

 

.18

 

58.95

 

46.15

 

Year-End Extra

 

.10

 

 

 

 

 

1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company expects to continue paying regular cash dividends, although there is no assurance as to future dividends because they are dependent upon future earnings, capital requirements and financial conditions.

 

52



 

QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

QUARTER

 

 

 

FIRST

 

SECOND

 

THIRD

 

FOURTH

 

 

 

(millions except per share data )

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck and Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales and Revenues

 

$

3,621.0

 

$

3,782.0

 

$

3,682.1

 

$

2,624.5

 

Cost of Sales and Revenues

 

3,079.3

 

3,202.2

 

3,113.5

 

2,341.9

 

Research and Development

 

82.9

 

90.7

 

88.1

 

80.1

 

Financial Services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

317.4

 

330.5

 

322.8

 

292.2

 

Interest and Other Expenses

 

203.6

 

217.4

 

215.2

 

195.7

 

Net Income

 

292.3

 

313.5

 

299.0

 

113.1

 

Net Income Per Share (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

.80

 

$

.86

 

$

.82

 

$

.31

 

Diluted

 

.79

 

.86

 

.82

 

.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Truck and Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales and Revenues

 

$

3,720.5

 

$

3,429.4

 

$

3,448.5

 

$

3,432.0

 

Cost of Sales and Revenues

 

3,135.3

 

2,912.5

 

2,930.6

 

2,938.9

 

Research and Development

 

37.4

 

58.2

 

67.8

 

92.1

 

Financial Services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

264.0

 

286.8

 

313.2

 

327.3

 

Interest and Other Expenses

 

166.2

 

180.5

 

201.4

 

207.2

 

Net Income

 

365.6

 

298.3

 

302.3

 

261.1

 

Net Income Per Share (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

.98

 

$

.80

 

$

.82

 

$

.71

 

Diluted

 

.97

 

.79

 

.81

 

.71

 

 


(1)

The sum of quarterly per share amounts may not equal per share amounts reported for year-to-date periods. This is due to changes in the number of weighted shares outstanding and the effects of rounding for each period.

 

53



 

MARKET RISKS AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

 

(currencies in millions)

 

Interest-Rate Risks See Note P for a description of the Company’s hedging programs and exposure to interest-rate fluctuations. The Company measures its interest-rate risk by estimating the amount by which the fair value of interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities, including derivative financial instruments, would change assuming an immediate 100 basis point increase across the yield curve as shown in the following table:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Fair Value Gains (Losses)

 

 

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED:

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

(1.4

)

$

(9.2

)

TRUCK AND OTHER:

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-rate long-term debt

 

.5

 

.6

 

FINANCIAL SERVICES:

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-rate loans

 

(50.0

)

(59.7

)

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-rate term debt

 

14.8

 

.4

 

Interest-rate swaps related to financial services debt

 

51.8

 

82.0

 

Total

 

$

15.7

 

$

14.1

 

 

Currency Risks — The Company enters into foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge its exposure to exchange rate fluctuations of foreign currencies, particularly the Canadian dollar, the euro, the British pound and the Mexican peso (see Note P for additional information concerning these hedges) . Based on the Company’s sensitivity analysis, the potential loss in fair value for such financial instruments from a 10% unfavorable change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates would be a loss of $103 related to contracts outstanding at December 31, 2008, compared to a loss of $53.3 at December 31, 2007. These amounts would be largely offset by changes in the values of the underlying hedged exposures.

 

54


Exhibit 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name(a)

 

State or
Country of
Incorporation

 

Names Under Which Company
Or Subsidiaries Do Business

PACCAR of Canada Ltd.

 

Canada

 

PACCAR of Canada Ltd.

 

 

 

 

Canadian Kenworth Co.

 

 

 

 

Peterbilt of Canada

 

 

 

 

PACCAR Parts of Canada

 

 

 

 

PACCAR Leasing of Canada a

 

 

 

 

division of PACCAR of Canada Ltd.

PACCAR Australia Pty. Ltd.

 

Australia

 

PACCAR Australia Pty. Ltd.

 

 

 

 

Kenworth Trucks

 

 

 

 

DAF Trucks Australia

PACCAR Financial Pty. Ltd.

 

Australia

 

PACCAR Financial Pty. Ltd.

PACCAR Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

PACCAR Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

 

 

 

 

KENFABRICA, S.A. de C.V.

 

 

 

 

Kenworth Mexicana S.A. de C.V.

 

 

 

 

PACCAR Parts Mexico S.A. de C.V.

 

 

 

 

PACCAR Capital Mexico S.A. de C.V.

 

 

 

 

PacLease Mexicana S.A. de C.V.

PACCAR Financial Mexico

 

Mexico

 

PACCAR Financial Mexico

DAF Trucks, N.V.(a)(b)

 

Netherlands

 

DAF Trucks, N.V.

DAF Trucks Vlaanderen N.V.(c)

 

Belgium

 

DAF Trucks Vlaanderen N.V.

DAF Trucks Ltd.(c)

 

United Kingdom

 

DAF Trucks Ltd.

DAF Trucks Deutschland GmbH(c)

 

Germany

 

DAF Trucks Deutschland GmbH

DAF Trucks France, S.A.R.L.(c)

 

France

 

DAF Trucks France, S.A.R.L.

DAF Vehiculos Industriales S.A.(c)

 

Spain

 

DAF Vehiculos Industriales S.A.

DAF Veicoli Industriali S.p.A.(c)

 

Italy

 

DAF Veicoli Industriali S.p.A.

PACCAR Parts U.K. Limited(d)

 

England and Wales

 

PACCAR Parts U.K. Limited

Leyland Trucks Limited(e)

 

England and Wales

 

Leyland Trucks Limited

PACCAR Engine Company

 

Mississippi

 

PACCAR Engine Company

PACCAR Financial Services Corp.

 

Washington

 

PACCAR Financial Services Corp.

PACCAR Financial Corp.(f)

 

Washington

 

PACCAR Financial Corp.

 

 

 

 

PACCAR Leasing Company

 

 

 

 

PacLease

PACCAR Financial Services Ltd.

 

Canada

 

PACCAR Financial Services Ltd.

PACCAR Financial Ltd.(g)

 

Canada

 

PACCAR Financial Ltd.

PACCAR Sales North America, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

PACCAR Sales North America, Inc.

 



 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name(a)

 

State or
Country of
Incorporation

 

Names Under Which Company
Or Subsidiaries Do Business

 

 

 

 

 

PACCAR Holding B.V.(h)

 

Netherlands

 

PACCAR Holding B.V.

PACCAR Financial Europe B.V.(b)

 

Netherlands

 

PACCAR Financial Europe B.V.

PACCAR Financial Holdings

 

Netherlands

 

PACCAR Financial Holdings

Europe B.V.(i)

 

 

 

Europe B.V.

PACCAR Financial Belux BVBA(j)

 

Belgium

 

PACCAR Financial Belux BVBA

PACCAR Financial

 

Germany

 

PACCAR Financial

Deutschland GmbH(j)

 

 

 

Deutschland GmbH

PACCAR Leasing GmbH(j)

 

Germany

 

PACCAR Leasing Europe

PACCAR Financial Espana S.r.l.(j)

 

Spain

 

PACCAR Financial Espana S.r.l.

PACCAR Financial France S.A.S.(j)

 

France

 

PACCAR Financial France S.A.S.

PACCAR Financial Italia Srl(j)

 

Italy

 

PACCAR Financial Italia Srl

PACCAR Financial Limited(j)

 

United Kingdom

 

PACCAR Financial Limited

PACCAR Financial Nederland B.V.(j)

 

Netherlands

 

PACCAR Financial Nederland B.V.

PACCAR Financial Services

 

Netherlands

 

PACCAR Financial Services

Europe B.V.(j)

 

 

 

Europe B.V.

 


(a)        The names of some subsidiaries have been omitted. Considered in the aggregate, omitted subsidiaries would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

(b)        A wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Holding B.V.

(c)        A wholly owned subsidiary of DAF Trucks, N.V.

(d)        A wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Trucks U.K. Ltd., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Holding B.V.

(e)        A wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Parts U.K. Limited

(f)         A wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Financial Services Corp.

(g)        A wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Financial Services Ltd.

(h)        A wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Sales North America, Inc.

(i)         A wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Financial Europe B.V.

(j)         A wholly owned subsidiary of PACCAR Financial Holdings Europe B.V.

 


Exhibit 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of PACCAR Inc of our reports dated February 13, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of PACCAR Inc, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of PACCAR Inc included in the 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders of PACCAR Inc.

 

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

A.   the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-47763) pertaining to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan of PACCAR Inc

B.   the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-39161) pertaining to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan of PACCAR Inc

C.   the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-103706) pertaining to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan of PACCAR Inc

D.   the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-36712) pertaining to the PACCAR Inc Restricted Stock and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors

E.    the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-120238) pertaining to the PACCAR Inc Restricted Stock and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors

F.    the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-52230) pertaining to the PACCAR Inc Savings Investment Plan

G.   the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-139544) pertaining to the PACCAR Inc Savings Investment Plan

H.   the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No 333-155429) pertaining to the automatic shelf registration for Senior Debt Securities.

 

of our reports dated February 13, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of PACCAR Inc, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of PACCAR Inc incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

 

Seattle, Washington

 

February 24, 2009

 

 


Exhibit 24

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors of PACCAR Inc, a Delaware corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint M. C. Pigott our true and lawful attorney-in-fact, to sign for us, and in our names in our capacity as director, a Form 10-K on behalf of the Company for the year ending December 31, 2008, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this power of attorney as of this 9 th  day of December 2008.

 

 

/s/ A. J. Carnwath

 

/s/ J. C. Pigott

A. J. Carnwath

 

J. C. Pigott

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. M. Fluke, Jr.

 

/s/ W. G. Reed, Jr.

J. M. Fluke, Jr.

 

W. G. Reed, Jr.

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ K. S. Hachigian

 

/s/ G. M. E. Spierkel

K. S. Hachigian

 

G.M. E. Spierkel

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ S. F. Page

 

/s/ W. R. Staley

S. F. Page

 

W. R. Staley

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. T. Parry

 

/s/ C. R. Willamson

R. T. Parry

 

C. R. Williamson

Director, PACCAR Inc

 

Director, PACCAR Inc

 


Exhibit 31(a)

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Mark C. Pigott, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

 

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PACCAR Inc;

 

2.    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.    The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b)    Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Date

   February 27, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark C. Pigott

 

 

Mark C. Pigott

 

 

 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 


Exhibit 31(b)

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Thomas E. Plimpton, Vice Chairman, certify that:

 

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PACCAR Inc;

 

2.    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.    The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b)         Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)         Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Date

   February 27, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas E. Plimpton

 

 

Thomas E. Plimpton

 

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 


Exhibit 32

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

 

In connection with the Annual Report of PACCAR Inc (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned certify, pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. section 1350), that to the best of our knowledge and belief:

 

(1)    The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)    The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Date

   February 27, 2009

 

By

/s/ Mark C. Pigott

 

 

 

Mark C. Pigott

 

 

 

Chairman and

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

PACCAR Inc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Thomas E. Plimpton

 

 

 

Thomas E. Plimpton

 

 

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

 

PACCAR Inc

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.